[
    {
        "ch": "To prepare for the ferry flight with LDGs down, you will? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do cabin pressurization test to ensure aircraft is ready for non-pressurized flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch in avionic to L/G ON position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the Green hydraulic safety valve that stops hydraulic to LDG system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 05: TIME LIMIT",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 05-59-32-869-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is important information that helps to initiate the inspection after a hard landing? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake system condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMU/FDIMU load report 15",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operational Test of the flight control system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 05-51-11-200-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the correct statement regarding lightning strike? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning always has two or more points (one entry and one exit) on the aircraft skin",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning always strikes the metallic structure parts, not the composite parts",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning strikes always cause the same quantity of damage",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 05-51-18-200-801-A and 05-51-18-200-803-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does AIRBUS recommend regarding the non-revenue flight?  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Non-revenue flight should be carried out after a 4C check",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Non-revenue flight should be carried out after three LDG replacement",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Non-revenue flight should be carried out after both engines change",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 05-59-00-PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Station number is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in millimeters of a cross section from the reference X datum",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in millimeters of a cross section from the relating A/C axis",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The distance in inches of a cross section from the reference X datum",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 06:  DIMENSION AND AREAS",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-31-53 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "X datum (station 0) is located at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6382 millimeters from the forward of A/C nose",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "100 in (254cm) forward of aircraft nose",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The point of A/C nose",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-31-53 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Access doors and panels are identified by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number of the zone in which the panel is located followed by a two-letter suffix",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number of the zone in which the panel is located followed by one letter suffix",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two-letter followed by the number of the zone in which the panel is located",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-40-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A/C area are divided in Zone base on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones, unit zones",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Major zones, major sub-zones, unit zones and a two-letter suffix",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 06-20-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Aircraft maintenance configuration before you lift the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the wheel chocks if they are in position, set the parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install the wheel chocks, set the parking brake OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can do a loading/unloading or a fueling operation during lifting procedure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 07-08: LIFTING, SHORING, LEVELING AND WEIGHING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before you lift the aircraft make sure that: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits and the cargo doors are closed and locked or fully open and locked",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits doors are closed and locked. Cargo doors must be closed and locked",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger/crew doors, the emergency exits and the cargo doors are closed and locked",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft maintenance configuration before you lower the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear lever is set to DOWN",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground lock pins are in position on the main landing gear and the nose landing gear  ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground lock pins are in position on the main landing gear and the nose landing gear, Landing gear lever is set to DOWN, parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-586-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many points are designated for lifting the aircraft for maintenance operations: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front and one under each wing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front, one in the rear and one under each wing",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the front, one under each MLG",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can tail safety stay be used to lift the aircraft: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only with empty A/C",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only with A/C is empty and in hangar",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The tail safety stay is used to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Share load with the main jacks during jacking process",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the aircraft stable during landing gear retraction/ extension test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the aircraft stable on jacks during the maintenance",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct answer: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must not apply more than the safe load at each jacking point",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot lift the aircraft with jacks when the tires and the shock absorbers are deflated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot lift the aircraft at the forward jacking point only, with the wheels of the main landing gear on the ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-11-00-581-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can weigh the aircraft with: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft on jacks with load cells",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft on landing gear jacking points.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do weighing the A/C either with A/C on jacks, on its wheels or on LDG jacking points",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To get accurate results A/C for weighing and balancing, you should weigh the aircraft on a level area in a hangar with: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hangar heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems running",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hangar doors and windows closed and the heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems stopped",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hangar doors and windows closed and the heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems are running",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main purpose of weighing A/C is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Find the operating empty weight of the aircraft and to calculate the center of gravity",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To find the zero fuel weight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Know the aircraft weight for passenger loading",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When weighing the A/C to find the operating empty weight of the A/C: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the fire extinguishers, oxygen masks and safety belts must be removed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine, APU, IDG oil must be checked and refilled to necessary level",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine, APU, HYD, IDG oil must be checked and refilled to necessary level",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Configuration for A/C weighing to find the operating empty weight: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All tools and protection devices on the aircraft must be removed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Empty all of Engine, APU, IDG oil",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Empty all of Engine, APU, HYD, IDG oil and drain fuel, water, waste tanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 08-10-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For A/C quick leveling you can use: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Spirit Level in the Passenger Compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Spirit Level in the FWD Cargo Compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We can use any of ADIRU or spirit level in Fwd Cargo or Pax Compartment",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 08-21-00-200-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Jacking for wheel change: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the parking-brake selector switch to OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the CHOCK - WHEEL(S) are in position at the NLG and at the MLG (on the opposite side)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the aircraft is stable; CHOCK - WHEEL(S) are in position and parking brake OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-12-00-582-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the correct statement relating to shoring the A/C? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shoring is necessary to support the wing to relieve the loads on the structure when you do major work or modifications",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the wing does not touch the shores",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the parking brake set to OFF and fuel, water, waste is drained",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 07-20-00-583-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In towing configuration, the safety pin locks the control lever on the control box at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disengaged position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 09: TOWING AND TAXIING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 09-10-00 PB201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cockpit, how do you know that the parking brake is released before towing sequence? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Parking brake selector in OFF, brake pressure indication on ECAM is at 0 and confirm with GND personnel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Parking brake selector in OFF; brake pressure pointes at 0 and confirm with GND personnel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check electrical control box, paring brake light go off",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 09-10-00 PB201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the NLG dimension h is more than 310 mm (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not tow the aircraft to prevent damage to the centering cams.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not tow the aircraft to prevent tail to ground contact.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smooth and speed limited towing is possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 09-10-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If an engine is running (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can Tow the aircraft from the front only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can Push the aircraft only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either Tow or Push is possible.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 09-10-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Towing the aircraft is (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allowed with one engine running above idle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allowed with both engines running up to idle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allowed only with one engine running up to idle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 09-10-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Communication system(s) to be used during towing is (are)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF and FLT INT.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF or HF with FLT INT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 09-10-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When one tire is deflated on one main gear: (B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft can be towed by the nose gear only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft can be towed by the main gear only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft cannot be towed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 09-10-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You push (in) and hold the HI LEVEL TEST to? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the HI level protection function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the lights and indication and Overflow protection function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the HI level protection function, Overflow protection function, lights and indication are tested.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 12: SERVICING",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What test must do before MANUAL refuel? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light test; Overflow test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HI LEVEL test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light test; Overflow test and HI LEVEL test.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For manual refuel. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always refer to Refuel Distribution Graph.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always fill the outer tanks first.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can never fill the trim tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-804"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if you attempt to refuel with the T TK FEED switch on the FUEL panel 245VU set to ISOL? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel will go to trim tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatic refuel progress cannot be started.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trim tank forward transfer will start.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-11-28-650-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "HP pneumatic GND cart can be used for? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Start the Engine, pressurize the water system and hydraulic RSVR and ACC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Running the packs if APU bleed and LP GND cart are not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Eng anti ice testing and pressurize the HYD ACCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-33-21-618-801- 01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Is it allowed to simultaneously supply Pack and LP GROUND cart during long stops in a hot airfield? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, if only one pack supplies.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, system damage may result.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, it is not possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-33-21-618-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the Special Precautions to apply Insecticide Agent in Cargo Compartments during Turn-Around?  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smoke warning may occur",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo Ventilation controller must be selected OFF before applying insecticide agent",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recirculation system must be OFF before applying insecticide agent",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-21-12-670-805"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you find characteristics and complimentary information of the Part Number: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IPC or AMM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM or AMM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IPC or ESPM",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 20: STANDARD PRACTICES & DOCUMENTATION",
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals:"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the AMM tasks, “CAUTION” is meant: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to use of materials, processes, methods, procedures or limits which must be followed precisely to avoid injury of death to persons",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to methods and procedures which be followed to avoid damage to equipment",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Calls attention to methods which make the job easier or provide supplementary or explanatory information",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ 3. Definitions"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Wiring Diagram Manual (WDM) content: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM & AWM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM & AWL",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASM, AWM and AWL",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction// interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ASM gives: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wiring diagrams of the electrical installation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the item of equipment, semi-equipment and related wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "TSM gives: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Information required for trouble shooting is contained in the manual",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The status of the item of equipment, semi-equipment and related wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "AMM gives: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Information required for trouble shooting is contained in the manual",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The information required to service, repair, replace, adjust, inspect and check equipment’s and systems of the A/C normally performed on the ramp or in the maintenance hangar",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Schematic diagrams of the electrical installation with sufficient data for A/C fault isolation",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: ESPM/ introduction/ interfaces with other manuals"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Removal/Installation of O-rings on Straight plug-in of hydraulic system Components:(A)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can use pointed/sharp or metal tools to remove the O-ring.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put the O-ring fully into Phosphate Ester hydraulic fluid for a maximum of 15 minutes before installing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can re-use the O-rings when you checked it in good condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-29-00-911-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recommends that you use a torque wrench that has a torque value in the range of 30% to 80% of the full range.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can use a torque wrench to loosen a fastener.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You use a self-locking nut and self-sealing nut again.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-21-11-911-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Handling Precautions for Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is not necessary to prevent electrostatic discharge damage, because of the A/C components have sufficient built-in protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is necessary to wear wrist straps for the Installation/replacement of OBRMs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We must wear wrist straps while replacing the LRUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-15-00-912-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why must we do the paint marking line after Standard or Specific tightening torque application? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To identify a tightened union.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To show the loosened union.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To identify a tightened union and may show the possible loosened union during inspection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-23-22-910-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why we need to do the bonding procedure during the installation of the equipment or the part assembly (access doors, fairings, antenna, fittings or pipes etc. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent lighting strikes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To make sure that there is an electrical continuity between electrically conductive parts (Two structural Parts or A system point and the structure).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To make sure there is a low voltage between two conductive parts",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-28-00-912-810"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of dual channel PC failure :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related pack operation no longer available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related pack flow is assured at 120%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCV is opens 80% in fail- safe position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 21: AIR CONDITIONING",
        "ref": "Ref P10-ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 And AMM 21-53-00-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the recirculation valves closed? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When pack1 is off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When pack2 is off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When both packs are off",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P74-ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 and AMM 21-21-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FCV can be locked in :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open position by means of locking screw located on the valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close position by means of locking screw located on the valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either open or close position by means of locking screw located on the valve depending on nature of defect.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref MEL 21-51-01A, AMM 21-51-00-040-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement below is correct regarding the pack operation? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack operation is no longer available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack outlet temperature is assured by RAM air doors along with BPV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the case of dual channel PC failure, the related pack outlet temperature is controlled to fixed setting by AIV",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P44- ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the main purpose of the anti-icing valve: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the primary heat exchanger",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the pack condenser",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Condenses humidity of air into water particles",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P34- ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700\\nRef P50 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the reheater? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reheat the air leaving the turbine",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To re-vaporize the remaining water particles not extracted by the water extractor",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents ice formation across the pack condenser",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P22-24 - ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of ACM failure: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack temperature control of the related pack is still made by modulating ram air doors and TCV",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pack temperature control of the related pack is downgraded to fix 11oC pack outlet temperature",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC automatically closes the associated FCV",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P44-47 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the compressor overheat protection? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of overheating, the pneumatic compressor-overheat sensor controls the FCV closer to decrease the flow pressure, decreasing the temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC fully closes the FCV in case compressor outlet temperature detecting overheat.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PC fixes the RAI and RAO at fully open position to decrease the temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-53-00-00 pb001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground if the turbo fan of the air conditioning bay is seized and external horn is triggered :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is normal if at least one pack is running, the mechanic horn must be deactivated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is abnormal, the turbo fan seized failure cannot initiates the external horn warning",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is normal because at least one pack is still running",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P139 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700 And TASK 21-25-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding illumination of the amber aft isolation valve ‘FAULT’ light? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically closes the aft cargo compartment isolation valves",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Means that either the inlet or outlet isolation valve(s) disagrees with the switch position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates that the extract fan has stopped",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref FCOM 1.21.50"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do the isolation valves close? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of extract fan failed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of aft cargo smoke warning",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of AEVC failed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P94 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you be switching the cabin pressurization controller: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the LDG ELEV AUTO knob out of the AUTO position then back to AUTO",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the CABIN PRESS MODE SEL pushbutton to the MAN position then back to AUTO",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle the cabin pressurization MAN V/S CTL switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref FCOM 1.21.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the consequence if a decompression panel in the cargo is failure: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo compartment shall be empty or no flammable materials cargo loaded",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No livestock allowed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin pressurization system warning “EXCEESS CAB ALT” may occurs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 25-50-01A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The supply of the avionics ventilation system is ensured by? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The recirculation fans of the cabin ventilation system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A specific blowing fan continuously powered on ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A specific blowing fan powered on ground and in flight when DELTA P lower than 1psi",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 21-26-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What if a fault occurred on one HOT AIR PRV valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remaining HOT AIR PRV valve will open to take over",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Related trim air valves are lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The trim-air shutoff valve opens to get the trim hot air",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-63-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the position of the avionic ventilation valves when OVRD is selected on the EXTRACT pushbutton? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve partially open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve closed, overboard valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve closed, overboard valve partially open",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P121 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to handle the A/C with an INOP Avionic ventilation Overboard Extract Valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully open position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully open position only for ground operation after engine shutdown",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate it in fully close position after engine start",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 21-26-02A, AMM 21-26-00-040-801A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the position of the avionic ventilation valves in flight/ or at least 1 engine running in AUTO mode? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve partially open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve closed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Underfloor valve open, overboard valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P121 ATA21-T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the LDG ELEV selector AUTO function INOP? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You select LDG ELEV to MAN, cabin pressurization system shall be controlled manually",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You select LDG ELEV to MAN, cabin pressurization system shall be controlled automatically",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin pressurization system shall work on the CPC 1 only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-31-00 PB001, MEL 21-31-04A, FCOM 1.21.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the number of outflow valves, safety valves and negative pressure relief valves? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One outflow valve, Two safety valves and One negative pressure relief valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two outflow valves, Two safety valves and One negative pressure relief valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One outflow valve, One safety valve and One negative pressure relief valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-31-00-00 CONF 00 - PRESSURE CONTROL AND MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the negative pressure relief valve? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To avoid over-temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent negative differential pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent positive differential pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-31-00-00 conf 00 - pressure control and monitoring - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the safety valves? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To avoid negative differential pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To replace the outflow valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent excessive differential pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-31-00-00 conf 00 - pressure control and monitoring - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The trim air valves are controlled by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack controllers for the basic temperature regulation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two zone controllers for the fine adjustment of temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One zone controller for the fine adjustment of temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-63-00-00 conf 00 - cockpit and cabin temperature control - description and operation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lavatory and galley extraction fan: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates continuously in flight and on ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates continuously in flight only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates continuously in flight and on ground when Delta P is lower than 1 PSI.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 21-23-00-00 conf 00 - lavatory/galley ventilation - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to reset MCDU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull the C/B on the reset panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the MCDU OFF then ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use reset menu on system report test",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 22: AUTO FLIGHT",
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which part of FMGEC provides flight planning: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Guidance",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-71-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the purposes of Flight Director? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FD helps pilot monitor the AP orders if AP engaged and displays the Flight orders which would be followed if AP disengaged.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor AP orders only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Help pilots optimize the aircraft performance.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref P18- ATA22 T1+T2 A330 RR TRENT700; ATA 22-11-00 AFS D/O"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft power by BATTERY only, which MCDU still available: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1 and MCDU 3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref ASM 22-84-01 MCDU 3 Supply"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you press instinctive disconnect p/b for more than 15sec (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR will be inhibited recovery engagement in whatever reason except alpha floor condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR can be engaged manually any time by means of the A/THR pushbutton switch located on the Flight Control Unit (FCU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/THR will be inhibited recovery engagement in whatever reason until the end of flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB 001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot (AP) disengages with an override on the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Side-sticks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals or side-sticks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The radio navaids are tuned thru MCDU 1,2 by the FMGEC with the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope (FE) part.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Guidance (FG) part.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management (FM) part.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If there is no interaction between two FMs, which mode does FM operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Single mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Back up navigation mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto flight system (AFS) test use to test: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFS Line Replaceable Units (LRUs).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Auto Pilot and Autothrust functions only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMGECs only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-96-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The land category 3 (CAT III) test is done on ground, engines stopped, and requires the use of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A radio altimeter simulator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight simulation tools",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three hydraulic systems pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-97-00-740-801-A)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the auto thrust function is disengaged by setting all thrust levers to IDLE detect? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be active or not active depending on the position of the thrust levers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust levers control the engines.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust on the related engine is frozen at its last value just before the disconnection",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB001) or P38 ATA22 T1+T2 A330 RR TRENT700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FE part acquires the alpha floor detection signal from: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCSCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMCS",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-62-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If at least one FCMC is valid, weight and CG parameters will be taken from (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope (FE)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPC",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-62-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which MCDU can be used to establish the flight plan? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU 1,2,3",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-70-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When A/THR is engaged and active (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each engine will be controlled by FMGEC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The thrust is always above “CL” position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The A/THR system controls the engines",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When AP is engaged, which component will increase the load threshold? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rudder pedal",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The load thresholds on the side sticks and the rudder pedals are increased.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The load thresholds on the side sticks and the rudder pedals have not changed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00-PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Red Push buttons on the thrust levers are to? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnect the A/THR when any P/B is pressed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnect or re-connect the A/THR when necessary.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the A/THR function during flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-31-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With an AP engaged? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks and rudder pedals.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Break out force increased on the side sticks; rudder pedals and thrust levers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref (AMM 22-11-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The alpha floor signal is acquired from the (B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Control Primary Computer (FCPC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope (FE) itself.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management (FM).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- Flight envelope part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Back-up center of gravity are computed by (B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Management.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Envelope.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Guidance.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- Flight envelope part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR (FD) BARS ARE(B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two bars, one for Pitch and one for Roll.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two bars, one for Pitch, one for Roll, and also for a Yaw order during take-off and landing roll-out.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three bars, one for Pitch, one for Roll, and the third for Yaw axis which is always present.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot (ap) disengages with an override on the (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sidesticks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pedals or sidesticks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-11-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control unit (FCU) is normally used for (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A long-term order selection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A short-term order selection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Order selection, if the guidance is managed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Detection, isolation, memorization of an auto flight system (AFS) failure is performed by the (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fault Isolation and Detection System (FIDS), active in Flight Management Guidance and Envelope Computer (FMGEC) 1.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FIDS, active in FMGEC2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FIDS, active in FMGEC1 and 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general –FIDS presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The function which has full authority on the auto thrust is (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Windshear detection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alpha floor acquisition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft Center of Gravity (CG) detection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- Flight Envelope part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Auto thrust function is disengaged: (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only automatically after a system failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either by a pilot’s action or in case of a system failure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually by pressing the A/THR P/B on the Flight Control Unit (FCU) or automatically after a system failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- Flight Guidance part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "With an ap engaged, pressing the \"priority p/b\" on a side stick (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disengages the AP.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overrides the AP without disengagement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no effect.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-11-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flight management and guidance information is displayed on the (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MCDU and the Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS) Control Panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EFIS Displays and the Lower ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Control Unit (FCU) and the MCDU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight mode annunciator (FMA) is the top part of the (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Upper ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the a/thr system is engaged, the thrust levers: (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move automatically.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Never move automatically.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are locked in the TO/GA position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "At any time, to disengage the A/THR system (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the priority pushbutton on either sidestick.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the Instinctive Disconnect switch on either thrust lever.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the thrust lever to the TO/GA gate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- Flight Guidance part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of the flight director functions is to (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the Auto Pilot when it is engaged.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the position of the control surfaces on the three axes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Give nose wheel steering order during roll out.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control unit MCDU is normally used for (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Long-term order selection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Short-term order selection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Order selection, if the guidance is managed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Both flight directors are engaged (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pressing either FD P/B on the Flight Control Unit (FCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically at system electrical power up.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By selecting a mode on the FCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The braking/steering control unit (BSCU) (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allows control of the Nose Wheel Steering with orders from the FMGEC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically disengages the AP at 80 kts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically disengages the A/THR at 80kts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When both flight directors (FD) have failed (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Warning Computer (FWC) triggers the MASTER CAUTION warning and an amber message on the ECAM status page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Display Management Computer (DMC) logic generates the red FD warning flag on each PFD.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is impossible to inhibit the FDs warning manually.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 22- AFS general part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control unit (FCU) is normally used for (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A long-term order selection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A short-term order selection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Order selection, if the guidance is managed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 22-10-00 page block 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal configuration, the CMS interface for all the radio management panels (RMP), is directly ensured by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 1 only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 3 only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 1 and RMP 3 in case the RMP1 is failed or off.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 23: COMMUNICATIONS",
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of radio management panel 1 (RMP 1) failure or off: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMP 3 is connected to the CMS through RMP 1.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BITE information is lost.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BITE information remained the same through RMP2 as HOT STANBY.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Radio management panel 3 (RMP 3) is allocated to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF Data Radio 1 (VDR 1), VDR 2 and VDR 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 3, HF Data Radio 1 (HFDR 1) and HFDR 2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 3 and VDR 2 in case VDR3 failed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB001) and P6 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of failure of radio management panel (RMP) 1 and RMP3, the tuning port(s) activated on HF 1 and HF 2 , is (are): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and A and B on HF2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and A on HF2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B on HF1 and B on HF2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-81-00 PB 001) and P13 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If “COM VHF 1 EMITTING” is displayed on the EWD, it means that: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF Data Radio 1 (VDR 1) is controlled by Radio Management Panel 2 (RMP 2).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 1 is transmitting for more than 1 minute.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VDR 1 is transmitting for more than 30 seconds.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-12-00 PB 001) And TSM 23-12-00-810-807-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal operation, VHF data radio (VDR) transceiver frequency control is performed by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any Audio control panels (ACPs)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs and the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) for all VDRs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs for all VDRs, and the ATSU for VDR3.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23- 81- 00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In abnormal operation, VHF data radio (VDR) 3 is switched in voice or data mode by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By Radio Management Panel 3 (RMP 3)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any Radio Management Panel (RMP) via the ATSU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-12-00 PB 001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air data inertial reference units (ADIRUs) send relative azimuth and relative elevation information. The processing of this data is done by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Satellite Data Unit (SDU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Beam Steering Unit (BSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High Gain Antenna (HGA).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-28- 00PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The audio management unit (AMU) comprises: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "And three cockpit amplifier cards.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three basic audio cards, cockpit amplifier cards, a SELCAL/BITE card, a flight interphone card and an emergency switching function.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three basic audio cards, cockpit amplifier cards, a SELCAL/BITE card, a flight interphone card.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB 001) and P46-47 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In reception, with a failure of the CAPT channel, the manual emergency mode is to set the audio switching selector to the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT ON 3 position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/O ON 3 position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NORM position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB001) and P52 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A SELCAL is indicated in the cockpit by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on one Audio Control Panel (ACP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on all the ACPs and an aural buzzer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual warning on all the ACPs and triple click aural warning.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-51-00 PB001) and P58 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the active director fails, the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Attendant Panel (FAP) displays a warning message, and the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is inoperative.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Standby director becomes the active Director",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The DEUs type A and DEUs type B are connected through connection boxes to one of the six main deck top lines will be cut off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23 -73-00 PB001) and P104 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of failure of normal power supply: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type A DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type A and type B DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The active Director shuts off type B DEUs via the top line cut-off relays when power is not needed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-73-00 PB001 and P112-113 ATA23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The solid-state cockpit voice recorder (SSCVR) operational test is performed at 6 minutes after the last engine is stopped on ground, to do so: (B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The TEST P/B on the CVR control unit must be pressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RCDR GRND CTL P/B and the TEST P/B must be pressed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A TEST can be done from the MCDU via the Central Maintenance System (CMS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-71-00 PB001) and P162 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew conversations and warnings are recorded by the area microphone: (B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "And INPUT by channel 3 in the Solid-State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Filtered and pre-amplified the audio signals by Audio Management Unit (AMU) and then INPUT by channel 4 in the SSCVR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pre-amplified in the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) control unit and INPUT by channel 4 in the SSCVR",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-71-00 PB 001) and P160 ATA 23 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Cabin AREA CALL PANEL indicates: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from the ground, cockpit, PAX and also lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX, EVAC signaling and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23-73-00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal operation, VHF data radio (VDR) transceiver frequency control is performed by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any Audio control panels (ACPs)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs and the Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU) for all VDRs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RMPs for all VDRs, and the ATSU for VDR3.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 23- 81- 00 PB001)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The INT/RAD switch on the ACP is used for establishing call from: (A, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Handset.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Boomset.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Side-stick PTT handgrips.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-51-00-00 CONF 00 - AUDIO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AMS)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Reset the CIDS by pulling 2 C/Bs on the reset panel? (A, B2 )",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Whole cabin lights will be turn OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS will do a power up test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CIDS will stay powered, only cabin lighting control system to be reset.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-73-00-710-814-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Cabin AREA CALL PANEL indicates: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from the ground, cockpit, PAX and also lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX, EVAC signaling and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The call started from interphone call, PAX and lavatory smoke alert.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-73-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pre-prerecorded announcement and music (pram) are controlled from the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Programming and Test Panel (PTP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio Module in the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Additional Attendant Panel (AAP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-32-00-00 conf 00 - announcement and music tape reproducer system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the Solid state CVR? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To record radio communications during take-off and landing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To record crew member conversations as soon as an incident occurs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To record communications and crew conversations.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-71-00-00 conf 00 - cockpit voice recorder (cvr) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With aircraft on ground and both engines shut down, the cockpit voice recorder is energized: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the parking brake is set.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the GND CTL P/B is selected ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time there is voice communication in the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 23-71-00-00 conf 00 - cockpit voice recorder (cvr) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The SELCAL code Panel located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On a SELCAL Code Panel, located on the Overhead Panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the MCDU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On a SELCAL Code Panel in the electronics rack 800VU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – SELCAL System Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The microphone signal is transmitted to the selected system (except PA) if… (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…the desired transmission button is pressed on the ACP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…the desired transmission and reception buttons are pressed on the ACP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…the desired transmission button is pressed on the ACP and PTT for the microphone is activated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – Flight Interphone Operation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Tuning of VHF1 through RMP2…(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…is not possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…is possible. The SEL light comes on RMP 1 and RMP 2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…is possible. The SEL light comes on RMP 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – RMP Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Amplifiers of the Cockpit Speakers are in the… (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…AMU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…Cockpit Speakers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…dedicated ACPs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – AMU D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A SELCAL is indicated in the cockpit: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By visual indication on one ACP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By visual indication on all ACPs and an aural buzzer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By visual indication on all ACPs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – SELCAL CALL D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FAP contains: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…Hard keys on the display and sixteen fixed keys beside.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…Softkeys on the display and sixteen free-programmable keys beside.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…Softkeys on the display, Hard keys and Interfaces below.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – FAP Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pre-prerecorded announcement and music (pram) are controlled from the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Programming and Test Panel (PTP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio Module in the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Additional Attendant Panel (AAP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – FAP Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit calls panel allows: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit crew gains the attention of a ground mechanic or the cabin crew.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit and cabin crew call for passenger announcements.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The crew exchange voice communications with radio stations.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – Cabin and Cockpit Interphone D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The area call panel (ACP) indicates: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground crew calls, cockpit calls and lavatory smoke detection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground crew calls, cockpit calls and lavatory calls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew calls, passenger calls, lavatory calls and lavatory smoke detection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – Cabin and Cockpit Interphone D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which unit allows cabin programming operations? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PIM",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Director 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DEU B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – FAP Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The audio signals must pass through the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio Control Panel (ACP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Radio Management Panel (RMP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio Management Unit (AMU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – AMU D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With aircraft on ground and both engines shut down, the cockpit voice recorder is energized: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the parking brake is set.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the GND CTL P/B is selected ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any time there is voice communication in the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.:  VACBI A330, ATA 23 – SSCVR System D/"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Aircraft power by EXT B and APU is inoperative, after engine 1 starts. The AC BUS 1: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by GEN 1 intermediately",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by both GEN 1 and EXT B for a short time only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supplied by EXT B until we disconnect the EXT B out of network.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 24 ELECTRICAL POWER",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of there are more than 2 C/B pages to be displayed, how to check the next C/B page? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Press the RCL p/b",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Press the C/B p/b again or CLR p/b",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Next page will be auto display after 5 seconds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-67-24 PB001 and FCOM P22- 1.24.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground, Aircraft power is supplied by 2 aircraft batteries (BAT in AUTO position), which bus bar will be supplied? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BAT BUS and DC ESS BUS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS and AC ESS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS, DC BAT and AC ESS",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-38-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After replacing the IDG oil, how to reset the oil level sensor? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release the IDG p/b on the overhead panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release related GEN p/b on the overhead panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset the IDG C/B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-812-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is NOT correct when you disconnect the IDG with engine running? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the IDG pushbutton minimum 3s",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There must be at least 60 seconds between two operations of switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not disconnect the IDG below the under-speed threshold.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM TASK 24-21-00-710-808-A, AMM 24-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Recommendation when you replace the IDG Generator Control Unit (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize ground service bus only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize aircraft by ground power only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energize aircraft by APU generator only to avoid loss of some computer and BITE message unwanted appear.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-22-34-000-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the green hydraulic system is supplied with the RAT, the emergency generator operation can be inhibited when: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flap and slat at zero position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slats are extended.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When both engines are below 60% N2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-24-00 PB001 "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Press and hold the MAN ON pushbutton on EMER ELEC panel: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT extension in whatever condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT only extension in case of CSM/G automatic control fail",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSM/G will manually start if automatic control fail",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-24-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which situation will be introduced FAULT light on IDG pushbutton (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil filter clog",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil low pressure",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oil low temp",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of TR is lost due to over current detection (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recover DC BUS by reset TR though MCDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Recover DC BUS by RESET p/b on TR itself",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either by reset TR though MCDU or RESET p/b on TR itself",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-32-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Failure of ESS TR will lead to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC BAT BUS lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS SHED bus lost",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DC ESS BUS is restored from the DC BAT BUS",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-35-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground the main power supply is cut off, set BAT 1 and BAT 2 to AUTO position (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Battery automatic cut-off logic will disconnect batteries out of network intermediately",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When BAT1(2) voltage is lower than 23 V for 16 seconds, the battery power supply relay is de-energized and contactor opens automatically disconnect batteries",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FAULT legend of the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-38-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The computer(s) which control(s) the main AC and DC contactors is/are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical Contactor Management Units (ECMUs).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Circuit Breaker Monitoring Unit (CBMU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The static inverter supplies the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESSential and AC ESS SHED BUSES.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS BUS only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC ESS SHED BUS only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-28-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After differential pressure indicator (dpi) pops-out, you have to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) in all cases.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drain and replenish oil of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Follow the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM) alternate DPI reset procedure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-21-00-210-821-A and TASK TSM 24-21-00-810-834-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the APU generator oil temperature is above 185oC: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An immediate APU shutdown is performed by the ECB.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU generator is disconnected automatically.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU generator FAULT light comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-23-00 PB001, AMM 49-94-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the positions you can monitor the condition Open or Close of RCCBs (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On front face of the RCCB",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the C/B pages",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both on the C/B pages and on front face of the RCCB",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-50-00 PB001, AMM 24-53-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of microprocessor GAPCU fail (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not supply external power to aircraft",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only can connect EXT power B to aircraft by back up card inside the GAPCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only can connect EXT power A to aircraft by back up card inside the GAPCU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref 24-41-00- PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "THE AC POWER SOURCE SUPPLY PRIORITY FOR AC BUS 1 IS AS FOLLOWS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 1 / EXT A / APU GEN/ EXT B / GEN 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 2 / APU GEN / EXT B / EXT A / GEN 1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 1 / APU GEN / EXT B / EXT A / GEN 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-22-00-00 conf 00 - ac main generation - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "THE AC POWER SOURCE SUPPLY PRIORITY FOR AC BUS 2 IS AS FOLLOWS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 1 / EXT A / APU GEN/ EXT B / GEN 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 2 / EXT A / APU GEN / EXT B / GEN 1.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEN 1 / APU GEN / EXT B / EXT A / GEN 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 24-22-00-00 conf 00 - ac main generation - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Floor lighting is located under the seat pan of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain and First Officer seats only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain, First Officer seats and Third Occupant Seat",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain, First Officer seats and Fourth Occupant Seat",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 25: EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you adjust Captain and First Officer seats (electrical controls), when the seat reaches its limit position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electrical stop cuts off power supply to the gear motor.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gear motor runs until you release the control switch.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gear motor runs and locks the seat on the rack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate a Defective Cabin Attendant Seat: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Safety the affected seat in its stowed position and put a WARNING NOTICE, if not remove it.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must remove it.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Safety the affected seat in its stowed position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-22-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each PSU (Passenger Service Unit) contains: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A reading light panel, a cabin attendance call/reset, a loudspeaker, a information light sign.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A reading light panel and PAX air conditioning tube.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A lighted sign NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-25-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate the Galley-Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that no waste can be put into the waste compartment and make logbook entry.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the flapper-door cannot be opened.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell people not to use the galley-waste-compartment and seal with the aluminum foil tape.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-35-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To deactivate of the defective Toilet Waste-Compartment Flapper-Door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Seal the opening of the waste chute with self-adhesive tape and put a WARNING NOTICE.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell people do not use the waste compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste container is empty, seal the opening of the waste chute with self-adhesive aluminum foil tape and put a WARNING NOTICE.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-40-00-040-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you open a door with the emergency control-handle set in the ARMED position, indications are given: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the applicable door, on the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) and on the display units of the ECAM system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP), at the applicable door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the display units of the ECAM system, at the applicable door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the emergency control handle to the ARMED position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The girt bar connects the girt of the pack assembly to the door frame structure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The girt bar disconnects the girt of the pack assembly from the door frame structure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency operation cylinder pushes the door to the fully open position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door escape facilities have interfaces with: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS, the cabin emergency-lighting system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin emergency-lighting system, Door and Escape-Slide Control System (DSCS) and CIDS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door and Escape-Slide Control System (DSCS), the cabin emergency-lighting system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 25-62-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE message? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Means that the door cylinder is low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shown if safety pin installed on slide bottle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slide bottle pressure is out of normal range (MIN/MAX)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-62-41-400-801, AMM 25-62-42-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What precaution for working on the PAX door escape slide raft?: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED, Slide inflation reservoir is safetied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door emergency control-handle is set to the DISARMED position, Door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder is DISARMED; Slide inflation reservoir is safetied.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slide inflation reservoir is safetied, Door emergency control-handle is set to the DISARMED position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-62-41 PB401, AMM 25-62-42-PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To prevent inadvertent activation of the fixed ELT, what should be noted: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in OFF prior installation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in AUTO prior installation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure AUTO-OFF-MAN/RESET switch is in MAN/RESET prior installation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-65-35 PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The emergency locator transmitter (ELT) can transmit on : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two frequencies: for military and satellite system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two frequencies: for civil and military.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three frequencies: for civil, military and satellite system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-65-00 Description ELT"
    },
    {
        "ch": "An automatic operation of the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) occurs when the ELT is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connected to its system in the A/C and the G-switch detects an impact sufficient to start transmission.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connected to its system in the A/C and you do a self-test (BITE).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Disconnected from its system, removed from the A/C and used in portable mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "(Ref AMM 25-65-00 PB001 )"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Fourth Occupant seat (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IS NOT adjustable.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has only mechanical control for horizontal and vertical travel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is identical to the third occupant seat",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-11-00-00 conf 00 - cockpit seats - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The YZ-latches must be lowered manually: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During loading operation,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During unloading operation,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During both operations.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-51-00-00 conf 00 - lower deck cargo loading system (CLS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the door sill latch release lever used for? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Loading",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unloading",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both A and B",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-51-00-00 conf 00 - lower deck cargo loading system (CLS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the XZ-latches are lifted, (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Power Drive Units behind this latch row are energized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Power Drive Units behind this latch row are turned off.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Power Drive Units before this latch row are turned off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-51-00-00 conf 00 - lower deck cargo loading system (CLS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component do not belong to transport components (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ball mats",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The XZ-latches.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power Drive Units",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-51-00-00 conf 00 - lower deck cargo loading system (CLS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do you use the SPLIT function of the cargo loading system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When full-width containers are loaded.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When half-width containers are loaded alone.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When half-width containers are loaded in pairs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 25-51-00-00 conf 00 - lower deck cargo loading system (CLS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many fire extinguishing bottles are provided for cargo compartments (a, b1, b2)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 26: FIRE PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-23-00 Description Fire Extinguishing system"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the APU fire detection loop A INOP, the MEL requires: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To monitor APU condition continuously in the CKPT during its GND operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not to operate the APU on GND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fire is made before each APU starts.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 26-13-01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do the operational test of the APU Fire-Extinguishing System: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU MASTER SW P/B must be pushed to ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not need to push ON APU MASTER SW.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only push and hold the TEST P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are warnings if a smoke detection in the Avionics Compartment is confirmed by the SDCU: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning on the FIRE panel, the MASTER WARN light, message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warning on the VENTILATION control panel, the MASTER WARN light, message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the MASTER WARN light,  message on the EWD and the CRC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-00-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you make sure a Waste-Bin Fire- Extinguishing Bottle is serviceable? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is in the green area.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the right of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the left of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-25-00 PB 601"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the APU fire Extinguishing can be operated?: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be operated manually only on the ground, from the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the EXT panel or from refuel/defuel station: push the APU EMERG P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight or on the ground, the crew can operate the system manually from the cockpit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you perform an operational test after a lavatory smoke detector replacement? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the MCDU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the FAP",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the operational test of the lavatory smoke detector through the MCDU and FAP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-17-15 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To replace a Pylon Fire Detector: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be used electrical or pneumatic tools to tighten the quarter-turn fastener on the fire detector clamp.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are no special warnings/ cautions/ notices for replacement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only use a manual screwdriver to loosen or tighten the quarter-turn fastener on the fire detector clamp.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-12-16 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the action must be done before removal of the APU fire extinguisher bottle? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the cartridge before disassembling the fire extinguisher bottle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not remove the cartridge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Put a cap on the cartridge before disassembling the fire extinguisher bottle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-41 PB 401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which circuit breaker(s) you must be opened, safetied when you do the operational Test of the APU Automatic Fire-Extinguishing through MCDU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU ISOL VLV.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU FIRE SQUIB A and B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU FIRE SQUIB A.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you make sure the APU low-pressure fuel-shutoff-valve is open when do the operational Test of the APU Automatic Fire-Extinguishing through the MCDU and a Test of the Fire Emergency Stop Relays? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "H2=’0’ and J4=’1’ are shown on the input parameters page FCMS DISCRETE INPUTS, at the grid reference.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "H2=’1’ and J4=’0’ are shown on the input parameters page FCMS DISCRETE INPUTS, at the grid reference.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Monitor the condition of the valve on SD page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00-710-803"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The function of the flow metering system of LDCC fire extinguishing is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the agent of bottle 1 is released slowly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the agent of bottle 2 is released slowly.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the agent of bottles 1 & 2 is released slowly.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-23-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you make sure a Waste-Bin Fire- Extinguishing Bottle is serviceable? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is in the green area.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the right of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The gauge needle is on the outer side, to the left of the green area.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-25-00 PB 601"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the APU fire Extinguishing can be operated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can be operated manually only on the ground, from the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the EXT panel or from refuel/defuel station: push the APU EMERG P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight or on the ground, the crew can operate the system manually from the cockpit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many squibs assembly on each cartridge of a LDCC fire extinguishing bottle discharge head? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One squib A for bottle 1; one squib B for bottle 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two squib A for bottle 1; two squib B for bottle 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two: squib A and squib B.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-23-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the BITE of the FDU is performed from the MCDU via the CMS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft is on the ground only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "We need to do flight simulation first.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Whenever aircraft is on the ground or in the air",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 26-12-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push the TEST pushbutton switch on APU fire panel, the operational test is initiated and it checks: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits and the squibs in the fire extinguisher cartridge",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits and the discharge circuit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The detection loops, the fire warning circuits, the squibs in the fire extinguisher cartridge and the discharge circuit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-13-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you reset the AFECU? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET p/b or open/ close AFECU c/b (31WF).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET P/B only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use APU AUTO EXTING RESET P/B and reset via MCDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 26-22-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each engine is protected by three fire detectors, installed in pairs and located in (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left core, right core and pylon",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fan, core and pylon",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fan, left core and right core",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Engine Fire Protection System presentation part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire pushbutton is released out, which corresponding valves are closed (B1)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP shut off valve and LP fuel valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LP fuel and Hydraulic fire shut-off valve",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Cross feed valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Engine Fire Protection System presentation part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fire protection is supplied by fire detection and fire extinguishing for (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Engine, the APU and the Main Landing Gear Bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Engine and the APU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Main Landing Gear Bay only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Engine Fire Protection System presentation, APU Fire protection System Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire bottles are located(B1):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air conditioning bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the engine fan case.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the pylon.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Engine Fire Protection System part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire warnings are (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inhibited in takeoff flight phase.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inhibited in takeoff and landing flight phases.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Available in all flight phases in case of fire.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Engine Fire Protection System part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU compartment is protected by (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two fire detector",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One fire detector",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three fire detector",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection System part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU automatic extinguishing on ground is control by: (A, B1, B2)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU FDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFECU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection System part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the APU compartment, the quantity of fire-extinguishing bottle is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection System part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight, the APU fire extinguishing can be done (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by AFECU computer",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually by pilot",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatic and Manual control",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection – System Operation in case of APU fire part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When overpressure discharge indicator (red disc) of APU disappeared indicates that fire extinguishing bottle (A, B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure discharge.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure not stable",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection – Component part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU auto extinguishing test is performed (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pressing the external FIRE P/B.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pressing the test P/B on the maintenance panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By using the MCDU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- APU Fire Protection – System Test."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo fire bottle is discharged (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when smoke is detected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically after the isolation valves close.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pressing the DISCH P/B on the cargo smoke panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Cargo Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The number of discharge heads per extinguisher bottle is (B1, B2):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one, dedicated to the FWD cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One dedicated to the FWD cargo compartment and one dedicated to the AFT/BULK cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, dedicated to the FWD or to the AFT/BULK cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Cargo Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The computer to control and process signal from fire detector in cabin and lavatory is: (A, B1, B2)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDCU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Cargo Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a fire starts in the waste bin the fire extinguisher discharges(B1):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both Manually and Automatically",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Lavatory Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lavatory waste bin extinguisher pressure can be checked (B1):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through the Central Maintenance System (CMS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Through the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the bottle pressure sight gage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Lavatory Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When smoke is detected in a cargo compartment, an automatic action is performed (B1):",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A fire bottle is discharged.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The associated cargo compartment isolation valves close.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The avionics ventilation extract valve opens.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Cargo Fire Protection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The avionics smoke detectors are located:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the avionics air extraction duct.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the air conditioning recirculation duct.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Avionic Smoke Detection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The avionics smoke detectors are connected to the:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fire Detection Unit (FDU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avionics Equipment Ventilation Computer (AEVC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 26- Avionic Smoke Detection part."
    },
    {
        "ch": "W.T.B will be applied if: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No Hydraulic pressure available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic system pressure available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One hydraulic system pressure available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 27:  FLIGHT CONTROLS",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the Aileron Droop function: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the slats and flaps are extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outboard ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the slats and flaps are extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All ailerons are deflected downwards 10o when the flaps are extended",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the Speed Brake Function: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function is automatic (commanded from FMGEC)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function is ensured by spoilers 1 to 6",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Speed Brake Function has priority order over roll order",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 66 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to extend the spoiler for maintenance? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the maintenance device of the related spoiler servo control in the 'M' position, move it to the extended position with your hand.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activate the related spoiler servocontrol in extended position then turn the maintenance device to ‘M’",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn the maintenance device of the related spoiler servo control in the 'O' position, move it to the extended position with your hand.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-60-00-866-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In high-speed configuration the roll control is performed by :(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard ailerons and the roll spoilers 2 to 6",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outboard ailerons and the roll spoilers 2 to 6",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard ailerons only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 10 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each elevator servo control returns to centering mode when :(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It’s both solenoid valves got a simple Electrical Failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It’s both solenoid valves are energized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the whole electrical control of the two servo controls of an elevator is lost, the solenoid valves and the servo valves are no longer energized",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-34-00 PB001."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the servo control damping test? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To calculate the damping factor when the servo control deflects at constant speed in damping mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To evaluate the internal leakage of the related servo control surface.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To calculate the damping factor when the servo control deflects at constant speed in active mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-96-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the case of loss Blue and Yellow hydraulic pressure, the THS (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer) (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Return to neutral ‘0’ position by re-centering spring device",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remains in the last moment position by POBs and no-back brake",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset to position 4o nose up",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 40 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each ruder servo control can operates in : (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two modes: active or damping mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three modes: active or damping or centering mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three modes: active or damping or bypass mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-24-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the case of control valve jamming, FCDCs initiate the warning when: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related ruder servo control is not pressurized",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related ruder servo control is pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-23 page 183"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the event of failure of both FCSCs, what happens to RTL (Ruder Travel Limitation)? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately provides the maximum rudder deflection configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Immediately provides the minimum rudder deflection configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent STBY control permits to regain full authority of pedals and rudder at slat extension.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-23 page 185"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when the side stick is released at 40o degrees of bank in normal law? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft stays at bank 40° and resumes flight path stability",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft rolls back to neutral and resumes flight path stability",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft rolls back to 33° and resumes flight path stability.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the event of a complete electrical failure of the flight control computers the Back-Up Yaw Damper Unit (BYDU) provides : (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The turn co-ordination function",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Dutch roll damping function",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rudder trim function",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Lufthansa technical training ATA 27-26 page 196"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Alpha Lock? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function permits retraction the flap to 0 (config 1) from config 1+F when airspeed exceed the threshold",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function inhibits retracting slats from 1 to 0 at a high angle of attack or too low airspeed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This function permits retraction the flaps to the deflection corresponding to the lever position just below the present one as airspeed exceeds the threshold",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 140 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "As soon as a SFCCs detect a flap disconnect (via proximity switches of interconnecting strut or Flap track No4): (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The WTBs (Wing Tip Brake) are applied and lock the flap transmission system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The POBs (Pressure Off Brake) are applied and lock the flap transmission system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The WTB and POB of the related flap side are applied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal law, if one stick is rapidly pulled fully back, can the aircraft's maximum allowable 'G' load be exceeded? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes. Rapid side stick deflection must never be made.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. At Maximum 'G' load, the side sticks are de-activated for 5 seconds.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. The load factor limitation overrides side stick commands to avoid excessive 'G' loads",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of protections are provided if the aircraft is engaged in Alternate Law? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High angle-of-attack protection (Alpha 1).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nz law (with limited pitch rate and gains)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High speed protection (VMO 1)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the RAT is extended to recover hydraulic pressure, the servo control that revert to damping mode control, located on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outboard ailerons.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard ailerons.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spoilers 1 to 6",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 10 ATA27 - T1+T2 Mechanical and Avionics A330 RR TRENT 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each PRIM (FCPC) provides: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal control law and characteristic speed computations only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal, alternate and direct laws, speed brake and ground spoiler control logic, characteristic speed computations",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal and alternate laws only, speed brake and ground spoiler control logic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-90-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When applied, the Wing Tip Brakes are reset on ground :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By pulling and pushing WTB C/B (circuit braker)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Via the MCDU and the CMC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By resetting both SFCCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Locking indicator (pop out) is on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU pressure off brake (P.O.B)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "W.T.B",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torque limiter",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM27-51-00 PB001, AMM27-54-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which are used to stop the slat/flap transmission? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU-POB, WTB.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WTB, Torque limiter.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torque limiter, PCU-POB, WTB",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM27-51-00 PB001, AMM27-54-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before to do adjustment of the inboard flap procedure, make sure that: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel of tanks must be defueled.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel of tanks must be full.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel is symmetrical, or the wing tanks are empty.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-54-00-820-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the position of the flaps and slats when adjusting the ailerons? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are fully extended  ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are in 3rd position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are fully retracted",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-14-00-820-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after replacement of two servocontrols on the same elevator, what is the mode of another servocontrol must be set? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damping mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centering mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-34-00-820-805"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Adjustment of the Rudder Servocontrol be done ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All 3 system at the same time",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One system at a time with hydraulic system pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With related hydraulic system depressurized",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-24-00-820-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component controls the rudder trim motors? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCSCs only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCPCs and FCSCs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 27-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the trim transfer system is to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Burn the fuel from the trim tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the center of gravity (CG) position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control all transfers for engine feed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 28: FUEL",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 28-27-00-00 conf 00 - trim tank transfer system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of fuel tank unbalance: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel quantity indications can be pulsing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The concerned fuel quantity indications become amber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The last two digits are dashed with two horizontal amber lines",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of an APU fire, the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine and APU fuel pumps are stopped.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cross feed valve is closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU Low Pressure valve is closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-29-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auxiliary forward transfer valve controls the fuel flow between the (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner and center tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outer and inner tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trim and center tanks or inner tank",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-27-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pressure defuel procedure, the defuel configuration is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MODE SELECT to DEFUEL, TRANSF VALVE to OPEN and fuel pumps turned on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inlet valves close, isolation valves open and fuel pumps turned on.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inlet valves open, isolation valve open and fuel pumps turned off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-25-00-650-801 And Page626 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The operation of the jettison system can be ACTIVE only: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center and inner tank high level sensors are wet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pre-set jettison final gross weight is reached.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jettison is armed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: FCOM DSC.28.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which information’s FCMS get from the ADIRS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Acceleration and pitch and roll angles.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel data, attitude and acceleration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, acceleration and pitch and roll angles.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:AMM 28-42-00 PB001 & AMM 12-11-28-860-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crossfeed valve is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only manually control and monitor by FCMCS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A dual motor actuator (Manual and automatic motor).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 446-449 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Operating logic of the forward and aft APU pump depends on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground/ flight status and low fuel pressure switch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fwd and aft pump always run to prevent fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft pump always run.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aft APU pump and the forward APU pump can operate simultaneously upon detection of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An APU inlet fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency electrical configuration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push APU FUEL LINE VENT and low fuel pressure in the TT fuel transfer line.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-22-00 PB001, FCOM 28.10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each engine LP valve is controlled open or shut by the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Corresponding ENG MASTER or ENG FIRE P/BSW.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCMCS or the corresponding ENG FIRE P/BSW.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 440-445 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crossfeed valve is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Control and Monitoring Computers (FCMCS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only manually control and monitor by FCMCS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A dual motor actuator (Manual and automatic motor).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Page 446-449 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Operating logic of the forward and aft APU pump depends on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground/ flight status and low fuel pressure switch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fwd and aft pump always run to prevent fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft pump always runs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aft APU pump and the forward APU pump can operate simultaneously upon detection of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An APU inlet fuel low pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency electrical configuration.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When you push APU FUEL LINE VENT and low fuel pressure in the TT fuel transfer line.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-22-00 PB001, FCOM 28.10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the center tank is empty, the FCMC will (Optional): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "De-energize both center tank pumps and close both inner tank inlet valves.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "De-energize both center tank pumps and close both inner tank transfer valves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the inner tank inlet valves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 470 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FCMC controls the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner tank transfer valves only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outer tank inlet valves only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inner tank inlet valves, outer tank inlet valves and inner tank transfer valves.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 28-26-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the T TK MODE P/BSW is set to FWD, FCMS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Still available to control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with high level protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with high level protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop control A/C CG and the forward transfer starts with not active high level protection",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-27-00 PB001 and Page 526 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The jettison system operation can only be initiated: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the (FCMS).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually with the related P/Bs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the MCDUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: FCOM DSC.28.20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The jettison system operation can only be stopped: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually with the related P/Bs only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the MCDUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by the FCMS or manually with the corresponding P/Bs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the restrictor valve installed on the trim line is to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decrease the fuel flow in the refuel/defuel gallery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid a reverse flow from the trim tank to the refuel/defuel gallery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decrease the fuel flow go to the trim tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Suction defuel: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the MODE SELECT switch must be set to REFUEL and the necessary pump P/Bs are pushed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the necessary REFUEL/DEFUEL VALVE switches set to OPEN and the MODE SELECT switch must be set to DEFUEL.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the R/D panel, the MODE SELECT switch must be set to DEFUEL and the necessary pump P/Bs are pushed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 28-25-00 PB301"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During refueling, the END Light (Green) flashing:  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The related fuel inlet valve closed when the fuel tank got the set fuel load.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A tank high level sensor has a failure or a surge tank overflow sensor becomes wet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refueling completed, preselected fuel equal the actual fuel quantity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 28-42-00 PB001 And AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During ground transfer (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, Transfer Valves open, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, Transfer Valves open, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open and fuel pump is selected ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The MODE SELECT to REFUEL, the necessary REFUEL valve OPEN, XFeed valve open and fuel pump is selected ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 28-25-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Steps to be performed for bleeding of the APU fuel line using FUEL VENT PUSH p/b: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the ground fuel transfer to the trim tank",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the APU Master SW to ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the ground fuel transfer to the trim tank and then push the FUEL VENT p/b to release the remaining air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM Task 28-22-00-870-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Electrical Emergency Configuration with the CSM/G supplied, which statement is correct? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main PUMP 2 is powered. If the left main PUMP 2 fails or is selected OFF, the right main PUMP2 replaces it automatically.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main PUMP 2 is powered.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both left and right main PUMP 2 are powered.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 638 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The actuator of engine LP fuel has two motors: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 2 supplies the motor 1, DC BUS 1 supplies the motor 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 1 supplies the motor 1, DC BUS 2 supplies the motor 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HOT BUS 2 supplies the motor 1, DC BAT BUS supplies the motor 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 440-441 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel that comes out from the “CTR TK VENTING/DRAINING” drain mast is the indication of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel overflow in the Center tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel leak in center wing box.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal fuel leak. No maintenance action required.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 392 ATA 28 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The leak measurement solenoid valve is located between the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High pressure filter manifold and accumulator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine Driven Pump (EDP) and Fire Shut-Off Valve (FSOV).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure transducer and pressure switches.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 29: HYDRAULIC POWER",
        "ref": "Ref. Page 28-29 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The two check valves of the air pressure unit are used to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid back pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Keep the line pressurized in case of pipe rupture.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid back pressure and keep the line pressurized in case of pipe rupture",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 18-19 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a hydraulic pipe has been replaced in the suction line from the reservoir to the EDP or electric pump, bleeding is performed in accordance with: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The \"Upstream of the engine or electric pump\" procedures as appropriate to the maintenance carried out.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The \"Upstream of the engine\" procedure regardless of the maintenance activity.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The \"Downstream of the engine or electric pump\" procedures as appropriate to the maintenance carried out.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM Task 29-00-00-870-804A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A check of the alternate parking brake accumulator nitrogen pressure is done with the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Accumulator fluid vented to the reservoir.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Accumulator pressurized with fluid.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reservoir de-pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.AMM Task 12-14-32-614-807"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After checking the manual extension of the RAT and before retracting it: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the blue hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the retraction interlock by turning the blades away from the",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the yellow system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Airbus TTM ATA 29 Page 162"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When checking the RAT gearbox oil level is correct: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No oil must be visible in the sight glass.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The oil level should be above the middle of the sight glass.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No Oil Sys on the RAT",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM Task 12-13-29-612-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MCDU test function for the hydraulic system monitoring unit (HSMU) will: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform a test of the reservoir (fluid) overheat channel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the electrical pump overheat detection system only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) auto-depressurization mode only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 30-31 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Extension of the RAT on ground: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is always available by manual selection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Occurs automatically when all Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) are at LP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Occurs automatically following a green and blue reservoir low level.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 52-53 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The green hydraulic system high pressure filter system includes: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A single HP filter on the HP manifold for all Engine Driven Pump (EDP) and electric pump supplies.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One filter for both EDP supplies at the HP filter manifold, and one filter at the output of the electric pump supply.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two filters at the HP manifold.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 24-25 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is not correct regarding hydraulic reservoir? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir is equipped with a sight glass, a low level switch, a temperature sensor and a quantity transmitter",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir is equipped with a sight glass, a low level switch, a high level switch, a temperature sensor and a quantity transmitter",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The reservoir is equipped with a sight glass, a high level switch, a temperature sensor and a quantity transmitter",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-11/12/13-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine 2 hydraulic fire shut off valve can: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut automatically following a blue reservoir low level.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut automatically following a RAT extension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Be closed by the overhead fire pushbutton.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 32-33 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the A/C is on the ground, a leak measurement solenoid valve can be selected    shut to isolate the supply to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight controls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps or the slats.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary flight controls only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 120-121 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The electric pump 115VAC power supply is monitored by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic System Monitoring Unit (HSMU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Current Unbalance Detection Unit (CUDU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High/low voltage monitoring unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 50-51 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The G HP filter and sampling valve are located on the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold on the rear wall of the main landing gear bay",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HP manifold on the front wall of the main landing gear bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is not correct regarding leak measurement valve? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The leak measurement solenoid valves are used to isolate the hydraulic supply of the primary ﬂight controls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the yellow electric pump operates automatically for cargo door operation, for safety reasons, the HSMU closes the yellow Leak Measurement Valve (LMV) to prevent movement of the related primary ﬂight control surfaces.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is normally open. it is closed when the solenoid is energized. in this case there is a leakage flow",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 120 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The yellow electric pump will run during cargo door opening: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["If external power is connected and available. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Only if external power is connected and selected ON. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Only if the yellow electric pump has been selected ON at the hydraulic panel. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 108-111 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground during cargo door control (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Yellow leak measurement valve automatic closed. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Yellow leak measurement valve automatic opened. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Yellow leak measurement valve is not following cargo door control. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 120 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fluid drains into the recovery tanks by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["An electric pump. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Aircraft speed ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Gravity ", "true"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 116-117 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding reservoir pressurizing system? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["The reservoir pressurizing system is supplied in normal operation by high pressure air, bled from engine 1 LP compressor. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The system cannot be pressurized through the air-pressurization unit manifold, using air from aircraft bleed air system. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The reservoir pressurizing system is supplied in normal operation by high pressure air, bled from engine 2 LP compressor. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-14-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The constant speed motor/generator drains into a tank located in the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Yellow hydraulic compartment. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Green hydraulic compartment. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Blue hydraulic compartment. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 116-117 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To carry out the leak test it is necessary to pressurize the system with: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["An Engine-Driven Pump (EDP). ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["An electric pump provides a minimum of 2,850 psi. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["A ground service cart ", "true"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 120 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight, when the guarded leak measurement switch is released: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["The leak measurement valve closes. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The leak measurement valve position is not changed. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The manual selector valves close. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 120 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if the hydraulic pressure drops? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves give priority to the heavy load users.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves give priority to the essential systems.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The priority valves modulate the pressure to the users.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 29-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LP filter, which is installed in the return line below the reservoir, is fitted with a by-pass system and clogging indicator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Located on the HP manifold, the HP filter is of the bypass type with NO clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LP filter, which is installed in the return line below the reservoir, is fitted with a bypass system and NO clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 22 ATA 29 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The priority valve: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Isolates the heavy load users (Constant Speed Motor/Generator, Nose Wheel Steering, Landing Gear, Slat/Flap) in the event of low hydraulic pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is pilot-operated and spring biased in the open position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is pilot-operated and spring biased in the closed position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-11-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is true regarding hydraulic reservoir? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They compensate for variations in fluid volume due to the operation of the user services and to the fluid temperature.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are designed to remain pressurized for at least 24 hours, at ISO temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are designed to remain pressurized for at least 36 hours, at ISO temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-11-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Case drain filter of engine driven pump: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is installed on each engine fan case. It is of the bypass type with a clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is of the cleanable type.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is installed on each engine fan case. It is of the non-bypass type with a clogging indicator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The current unbalance detector units (CUDU) are used to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Monitor the supply voltage of the electric pumps. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["They detect a current balance and cut-off three phase power supply of the electric pumps. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["They detect a voltage balance and cut-off three phase power supply of the electric pumps ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding reservoir filling filter:  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With a bypass device, the filter element is of the replaceable type. It cannot be cleaned.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The clogging indicator is mechanical, a red button comes out to show when the filter element is too dirty.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No clogging indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-16-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of reservoir pressurizing system: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurizing system ensures in each hydraulic reservoir an air pressure of 4.5 bars absolute in flight and on ground to avoid cavitations of the pumps on the ground and throughout the whole flight envelope.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It cannot keep the reservoir sufficiently air-tight in the event of failure of the pressurization system or after an engine shutdown.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurizing system ensures in each hydraulic reservoir an air pressure of 45 bars absolute in flight and on ground so as to avoid cavitations of the pumps on the ground and throughout the whole flight envelope.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-14-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You select the leak measurement valves to?:  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop the leak of hydraulic to minimize the risk of fire.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop movement of the high lift devices during maintenance.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Isolate the hydraulic supply of the primary flight controls.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-14-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following components operates only on GND? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Blue electrical pump. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Yellow electrical pump. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Leak measurement valve. ", "true"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "RAT can be extended from? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["HYD control panel. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["ELEC control panel. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["BLUE HYD service panel. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-24-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hydraulic system Safety Precautions: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure movement of the flight controls and the landing gear/doors are clear.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can mix types of fluid used in the hydraulic systems and landing gear system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure movement of the flight controls and the landing gear/doors are clear and mix types of fluid used in the hydraulic systems and landing gear system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 29-00-00-910-805"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the Green system normally pressurized? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By one electric pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By one engine pump and one electric pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By two engine pumps.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-11-00-00 conf 00 - green main hydraulic power - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The hand pump, which is used for operating the cargo door is located on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Green ground service panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Blue ground service panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow ground service panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-23-00-00 conf 00 - yellow auxiliary hydraulic power - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which hydraulic system supplies the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-24-00-00 conf 00 - green auxiliary hydraulic power - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The telescopic lever for operate the cargo door hand pump can be found at (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Blue ground service panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Green ground service panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow ground service panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-16-00-00 conf 00 - hydraulic reservoir filling - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Ram Air Turbine (RAT) is a variable pitch, two blade unit located in (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the LH belly fairing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number 4 flap track fairing on the right wing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The number 4 flap track fairing on the left wing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 29-24-00-00 conf 00 - green auxiliary hydraulic power - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water ice protection system is controlled: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a P/B in the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a P/B on the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 30: ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 30-00-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ice protection control unit status can be check on the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EWD of the ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) or FAP",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary Flight Display (PFD).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 30-73-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Escape slide locking mechanism are electrically heated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At first engine start-up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At door closed and armed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In case of icing conditions.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 30-46-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each passenger door has two heated Slide Attachment Fittings (SAFs) are powered by (A, B1, B2)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice Protection Control Unit 1 (IPCU 1) for L/H Doors",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice Protection Control Unit 1 (IPCU 2) for R/H Doors",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IPCU 1 for FWD and middle1 passenger/crew doors;  IPCU 2 for middle2 and AFT passenger/crew doors",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 52-53 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Slide Attachment Fittings' Heaters (SAFHs) are controlled by? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice Protection Control Units (IPCUs)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door Proximity Switch Control Unit (PSCU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 58-59 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What temperature for each Slide Attachment Fittings (SAFs) are supplied 115VAC by IPCUs (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the SAF temperature less than 12°C",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the SAF temperature higher than 17°C",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the SAF temperature in reducing temperature cycle from 17°C to 12°C",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 58-59 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ice & rain protection system, the bite sensor, which interfaces directly with the central maintenance system, is the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probe.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ice detector.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 30-81-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Left- and right-wing anti-ice valves are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Identical and have the same locking procedure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Different but have the same locking procedure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Identical but have different locking procedures.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM Task 30-11-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After deactivation of the engine air-intake anti-ice valve in the closed locked position, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW in the OFF position and make an entry in the A/C technical log",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW in the ON position and make an entry in the A/C technical log.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deactivate the engine air-intake ANTI ICE P/B SW on ANTI ICE valve and make an entry in the A/C technical",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 86-89 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The two water ice protection control units (IPCUs) are located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the avionics bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the cockpit and the other in the aft cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the avionics bay and the other in the aft cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 76-77 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight when the crew selects the wing anti-ice system ON, the configuration of the system is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids energized and valves open.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids energized and valves closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoids de-energized and valves closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 8-9 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the flight crew selects engine anti-icing ON, the configuration of the engine anti-ice system is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid energized and valve open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid de-energized and valve open",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid energized and valve close.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 30-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many wing anti-ice valves are on each wing . (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, one for slat 4 and one for slat 5,6 and 7.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two, one for slat 4, 5 and one for slat 6 and 7.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three, one for slat 4, one for slat 5 and one for slat 6 , 7.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 6-7 ATA 30 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Disconnection of power supply to which computer will activate probe heat system? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PHC(s) and EIVMU(s).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LGCIU(s) and EIVMU(s).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PHC(s), EIVMU (s), LGCIU(s).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 30-38 ATA 30-31 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Slats protected by hot air supplied from the pneumatic system are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three inboard leading-edge slats",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The 4 outboard slats of each wing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the slats.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Wing anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the wing anti-ice valves controlled and operated? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled and electrically operated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled and operated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled and pneumatically operated",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Wing anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of loss of electrical power supply or lack of pressure:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Wing anti-ice valves close.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Wing anti-ice valves open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Wing anti-ice valves are half open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Wing anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you operate the wing anti-ice system on the ground? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, you can operate the system in flight only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, but for a limited time of 30 secs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, for an unlimited time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Wing anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hot air used for wing anti-iced is taken from? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft pneumatic system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed from either engine 1 or 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly from the main engine compressors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Wing anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Hot air is supplied to each engine air intake from:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The High Pressure (HP) compressor",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pneumatic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From HP when engine thrust in idle level and from IP when engine thrust in FLX/MCT level.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Engine Air intake anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine air intake anti-ice valve is:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically operated, electrically controlled",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled and electrically operated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled and operated",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Engine Air intake anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the engine air intake anti-ice solenoid valve loss of electrical power, it will be :(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opened",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing happens.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Engine Air intake anti-ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The tat probe is heated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the outside temperature is greater than 0°C",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Probe ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The heating of pitot probe is:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operated in flight only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low on ground and normal in flight",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operated when the Outside temperature is below than 00C.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330-ATA 30 – Probe ice protection."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If there is no c/b open, on the ECAM C/B page (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MESSAGE “NOT AVAIL” comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A message “NORMAL” appear in green",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No message longer appears.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 31: INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS",
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-67-24-00 conf 00 - SD - ELEC AC, ELEC DC & C/B pages - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you display SD (System Display) image in case of the SD unit fault or set to off? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SD image is automatically displayed on upper ECAM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SD image is automatically displayed on F/O ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can display the SD image on upper ECAM by manual using ECAM control panel or use ECAM/ND Transfer switch to display SD image on Capt. ND or F/O ND.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 31-68-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ECAM MAINTENANCE STATUS message: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be left unrectified until the next C check.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Must be rectified before dispatched.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is “GO” item.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TSM Introduction/ How to Use the CMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which CLASS faults displayed on the PFR are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 1.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both Class 1 and Class 2",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TSM Introduction/ How to Use the CMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Classification of a fault can be found. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ECAM upper page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the STS page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the PFR.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TSM Introduction/ How to Use the CMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the case of one SDAC, one FWC and two DMCs INOP. The EIS (Electronic Instrument System): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Still operates normally. ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Operates with ECAM and Capt. EFIS available. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Operates with EWD, Capt. PFD and F/O ND available. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 30-31 ATA 31 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is the main function of the Clock? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Provides UTC to the FMGEC 1 & 2, the FDIU and the CMC ", "true"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Provides GMT to FMGEC 1 and 2, the FDIU and the CMC1 and 2. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Provides UTC which is indicated on lower ECAM DU. ", "false"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 31-21-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What indication on ECAM do you have to check prior to start towing? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NW STRG DISC",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NW STRG INOP",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NW STRG OFF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 32: LANDING GEAR",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM TASK 32-40-00 page block 201"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which hydraulic system powers the nose wheel steering? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blue system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 32-50-00-00 conf 00 - steering - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Changeover valve is used to isolate leak on. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both NLG & MLG shock absorbers",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-11-13-860-801/ 32-21-13 860-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "MLG changeover valve can be? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated one time only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated and reactivated for 3 time maximum with no limitation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Activated and reactivated for 3 time maximum after certain period interval",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32 -51- 00- 991- 005"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Energize the MLG secondary seal to confirmed hydraulic leak (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-energize primary seal not more than seven days.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-energize primary seal more than seven days.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not re-energize primary seal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-11 Pb101"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Activation of which LDG changeover valve could require shock absorber heigh adjustment? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG shock absorber",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG shock absorber and MLG shock absorber",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-11-13-860-801/ 32-21- 13- 860- 801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How you confirm the leak of MLG gland seal? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual check on the chrome surface of the slide member for the film of hydraulic leak",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check for leak at the drain hole on the pitch trimmer attachment lug",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the hydraulic fluid content in the MLG shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-11-13-860-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "E/WD: LENGTHENING FAULT means? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG down locked but shortening mechanism has not locked in long position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NLG down locked but shortening mechanism has not locked in long position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a NLG system fault that has been existing for extended period of time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TSM TASK 32-30-00-810-817-A MLG Shortening Mechanism Fault and Ref.  FCOM 1.32.10"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To reset the LDG normal extension system after a free fall extension during flight, you do? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select the RESET on the free fall selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select the RESET on the free fall selector with Green system pressurized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the LDG door ground control system with Green system pressurized to retract the doors",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-33-00 PB501"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight configuration Precaution is applied when you? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Jack the aircraft wheels off the ground",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the C/B of either LGCIU 1 or 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the C/B of the BSCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-33-00 PB501"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To have BRAKES Pressure Indicator INOP, MEL requires checking ALTN brake system, how you do that? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Yellow system and push pedals or set parking brake",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Blue system and push pedals",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurize the Blue system and push pedals with A/SKID & N/W STRG ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-44-00-040-801, AMM 32-43-00-710-801-A; MEL 32-44-03A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the brake unit attached to the MLG axle? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the brake rod and torque pin",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By bolts located around the brake unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By 5 bolts located around the brake unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-42-27-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you set the parking brake during main wheel replacement? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake ON; jack axle; brake OFF; remove/install wheel; torque axle nut; brake OFF; lower jack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake ON; jack the axle; remove/install wheel; brake OFF; torque axle nut; lower the jack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake OFF; jack axle; brake ON; remove/install wheel; brake OFF; torque axle nut; lower jack.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-41-11 PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For wheel replacement, can you can lift the two axles of the bogie beam of the same MLG at the same time? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, keep the bogie beam level position to prevent extension of the pitch trimmer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the AFT jack must always be higher than the FWD to prevent too much load on the aft axle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, you are not allowed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 07-12-00-582-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is permissible during jacking for main LDG wheel change? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo, PAX loading.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gate docking.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Win speed below 5 knots",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 07-12-00-582-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Parking brake is effective?  (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; at least one BATT at AUTO; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; BATT at AUTO; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When selected ON; BRK ACC has pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-45-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you do if you see the red light on the Electric Box at NLG comes on during towing? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake is ON, you cannot tow the aircraft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No further towing allowed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake pressure is low, you are not allowed to tow aircraft.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-53-00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you do if you found the aircraft had rolled out with main wheel # 3 deflated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-inflate wheel #3 to normal pressure range and monitor for 24 hours.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace wheel #3 before A/C departure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace wheel #3 and the adjacent wheel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-00-220-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wheels mixability precaution is applied for? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only radial tires can be installed on the NLG wheels",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Radial and bias tires can be installed on the nose wheels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mixability allowed only for new tires.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-00-210-064"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When installing the main wheel, you torque: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice with the same torque value.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice, the first one with lower value than the second.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Twice, the first one with higher value than the second.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When remove the wheel, do you need to deflate the tire? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No need if you remove for access or inspections only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if you find the wheel tie bolt is missing, broken or loosen.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if the tire is damaged that it may exploded.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-000-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is NOT true: Brake unit is considered defective when? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leakage found on any piston.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wearing pin is longer than a certain value.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A wear pin is missing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-40-00-200-801, AMM 32-40-00-210-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you do if you found one wear indicator pin on a brake unit is missing? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This brake is serviceable if another indicator is still in limit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft can be dispatched like it is. Not action is required.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The brake is no longer serviceable. It needs to be deactivated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-40-00-210-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When TORQUE the axle nut during installation of the main wheel? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel in the direction of the axle nut rotation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel counterclockwise.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You turn the wheel in the rolling direction of AFT to FWD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During wheel installation, after applying the required final torque value, if the axle nut slots still do not align with the bolt holes in the axle, what you do: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove this wheel and install another wheel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove and reinstall the wheel until you get them aligned.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slightly tighten axle nut until you get them aligned.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You open the LDG doors on GND with:? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green reservoir and the Green hydraulic system depressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green reservoir and the Green hydraulic system pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Doors opening not depend on pressurization of Green system and RSVR.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM32-12-00, AMM 32-22-00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The brake triple indicator needles are not moving during ? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal brake.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Alternate brake.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-43-00 PB001, AMM 32-44-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you bleed the brake system at the brake unit ? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the pedals as moderately as possible.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the pedals as quickly as possible.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not use the pedals brake. Use the parking brake only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-42-00-870-801, AMM 32-43-00-870-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What do you NOT have to do before installing the main wheel brake? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the axle sleeves.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Grease the axle sleeves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the Guide Cone – Brake is removed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During the main wheel brake replacement, the brake torque pin? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No need to be NDT checked for crack before use if new part is not available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Need to be attached with the removed brake unit and sent back to store",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No need to be attached with the removed brake unit and sent back to store",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-41-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is correct regarding greasing during replacement of brake unit? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply as much as possible the high temperature type of grease to all surface’s contacts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Axle sleeves need to be removed for greasing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Axle sleeves NO need to be removed for greasing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-42-27 PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The LDG door uplock can be opened? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanically by ground door opening",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulically in normal configuration",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanically by ground door opening or hydraulically in normal configuration",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-31-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which unit gives the landing gear DOWN LOCKED information to LDG control panel? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LGCIU 1 only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either LGCIU in turn",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both LGCIUs simultaneously.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-31-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "With parking brake applied and brake pedals pressed, the pedals brake? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will always be deactivated",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will be activated if Blue pressure drops while Green pressure available",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both parking brake and pedals brake will be activated at the same time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32 45 00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You use the manual depressurization lever located on the hydraulic parking brake manifold to? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the air pressure charged in the accumulator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Release the pressure from the parking brake system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-45-00-864-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To Removal of the NLG Leg Assy :  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift the aircraft with 3 jacks  ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift the aircraft with 4 jacks",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lift the aircraft with only FDW jack.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. (AMM 32-21-11-000-801)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which system must be depressurized before remove the NLG? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the nose-gear shock absorber",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the nose-wheel steering accumulator  ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-21-11-000-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When disconnection of the Upper Drag Stay at its Attachment with the Lower Drag Stay, you need: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "push the nose gear leg to the front to prevent damage to the component of nose landing gear doors",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "push the nose gear leg to the aft to prevent damage to the component of nose landing gear doors",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "keep NLG stable at vertical position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-21-11-000-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When engage the trunnion pins of NLG into the bearings (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must install only one washer on each side",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can install one or more washer on each side",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can install one or more washer only one side",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref.  AMM 32-21-11-400-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which position of the flaps is corrected when removing the MLG? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are fully extended  ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are in 2nd position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flaps are fully retracted",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-11-11-000-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When doing remove of the MLG Leg Assembly, which pintle pin must be removed first? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removal of the Rear Pintle Pin first and then Removal of the Forward Pintle Pin",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removal of the Forward Pintle Pin first and then Removal of the Rear Pintle Pin",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No specific sequence must be followed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 32-11-11-000-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cabin lighting system: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is controlled and monitored by In Flight Entertainment (IFE) system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is always controlled and monitored directly from the various activation devices.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is a fully controlled and monitored Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 33: LIGHTS",
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The whole cabin lighting is controlled from:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Circuit Breaker panel 2000 VU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS FAP.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any attendant station.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of the integrated light?(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "illuminates the overhead panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "illuminates the glareshield and center instrument panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Illuminates all the instruments and panels in the cockpit",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cockpit light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you select the ANN LT switch to \"test\" position? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All annunciator lights on overhead panel come on",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All annunciator lights come on and 8's up in all LCD",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All annunciator lights change it status",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cockpit light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "With the interior dome light switch in \"storm\" position, the dome and main instrument panels lights come on :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at full brightness",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at 10% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "at 50% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cockpit light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The emergency lighting system can be controlled from: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit and Cabin (FAP).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FAP only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The system test function on the programming and test panel (ptp) is used to test:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency lighting battery only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency lighting system only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The emergency lighting battery and the emergency lighting system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The signals to activate the automatic dim function for the fwd entrance area lights are:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit door open and Landing Gear not compressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit door open and engines running.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cockpit door open and No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt (NS/FSB) signs switched to ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "All the emergency lights are supplied from the EPSU batteries when:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER light switch is in the ON position and the DC Essential Bus is supplied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER light switch is in the ARM position and the DC Essential Bus fails.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EMER P/B on the Forward Attendant Panel is pressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which situation the logo lights are illuminated? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV & LOGO toggle switch in position 1 or 2 plus the MLG compressed or flaps extended.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV & LOGO toggle switch in position 1 or 2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the MLG compressed, or flaps extended.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Exteral light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the RWY turn off switch set to on position, RWY turn off lights will be come on:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the nose landing gear is retracted",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the Nose landing gear is downlocked",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flat and slat extension",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Exteral light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the \"land\" light selector set to \"on\" position:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing lights are fully extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Extends the landing light which automatically comes on when fully extended.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing light comes on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Exteral light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The strobe lights selector set to \"auto\", strobe lights flashing if:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The shock absorbers are not compressed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The shock absorbers are compressed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flap and slat extension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Exteral light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground, the wing and engine scan lights switch on and the RH or LH mid passenger doors is open:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding engine scan lights fully brightness operates",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding engine scan lights do not operate",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding engine scan lights dim to 50% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Exteral light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "That exit location and marking signs are automatically switched to on in case of:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat and flap fully extension",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear extended and downlocked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Excessive cabin depressurization.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Control light in cargo compartment can be controlled by:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a switch located in the cabin area",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a switch located in the cockpit area",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "a toggle switch located inside each cargo compartment",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cargo light Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the enhanced cabin intercommunication data system (CIDS), the purpose of the \"LAV MAINT\" p/b on the flight attendant panel (fap) is to:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the lavatory light to full brightness whatever the lavatory door position is.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test the lavatory light.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Switch off the lavatory light power supply for removal/installation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "With engines running and the cockpit door open, the fwd left entry light:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increases to 100%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dims to 50%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dims to 10%.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the lavatory door is locked:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatory lighting intensity increases to 100%.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatory lighting dims to 50%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatory lighting dims to 10%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cabin light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The switches to control the avionics compartment lighting are located:(B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the Nose Landing Gear Bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One in the avionics compartment and one in the cockpit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only in the cockpit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 33-Cargo and service light."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When cockpit door is opened and the engine is running, the forward LH entrance light intensity is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dimmed to 50%",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dimmed to 10%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-21-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In abnormal configuration such as either rapid cabin decompression or a total CIDS failure, the cabin lights: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 100%",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 50%",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 10%",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the signal from engine transmits to CISD to dim forward LH entrance illumination to 10% when cockpit door is opened, and the engine is running? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The oil pressure signal",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The N1 signal",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The N2 signal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-21-00 PB 001and AMM figure 33-21-00-16550-00-E/V Sheet 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case NAV light system uses source from the towing tractor supply, which NAV light system will operate? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NAV light system 1 and system 2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 33-41-00 Figure 33-41-00-14400-00-D (SHEET 1)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You turn ON the engine scan lights when the MID PAX L/H or R/H DOOR opens, the corresponding engine scan light is still ON. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is abnormal, you must do the trouble shooting.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L/H Engine scan light always ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "R/H Engine scan light always ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-49-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you put the switch of dome light to STORM position and the switch 29LE on left rear panel in the cockpit to OFF position? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dome lights still on",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The doom light off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The doom light dim to 10%",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM figure 33-12-00-15000-00-A/sheet 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the difference between the STORM and BRT position of dome light switch 5LE? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the switch in the BRT positions the doom light has 90% brightness.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the switch in the STORM positions the doom light has 90% brightness.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The brightness of the dome lights are the same when the switch is in the STORM position or in the BRT position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-12-00-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In storm conditions, with interior dome light switch in STORM position, what is the brightness of flood lighting? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full brightness and not depend on the position of rheostat",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "80% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "10% brightness",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-12-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The NAV lights include: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 28V lamps with green lens on the right hand wing and 12V lamps on the rearward",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 12V lamps with green lens on the right-hand wing and 12V lamps on the rearward",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28V lamps with red lens on the left-hand wing, 28V lamps with green lens on the right hand wing and 28V lamps on the rearward",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-41-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The condition for the Runway Turn Off lights come ON is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and MLG down locked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and NLG down locked",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Runway Turn Off switch is set to ON position and NLG retracted.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-43-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the switch taxi take off light to the",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "O position: (B1, B2)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 600W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 400W lamps beam come ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both 600W lamps beam and 400W lamps beam come ON ( only has GND signal from LGCIU1,2 when NLG down locked)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-46-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the power from the DC essential bus bar is not available, how  long can EPSU  supply the power to emergency lights: (A , B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 15 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maximum 30 minutes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Minimum 10 minutes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-51-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Two tests of the cabin emergency lighting system from the MCDU are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System test and battery capacity test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation test and Function test",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System test and Function test",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-51-00- PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The whole cabin lighting is controlled from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Circuit Breaker panel 2000 VU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CIDS FAP only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any attendant station.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 33-21-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The overhead exit marking and exit location signs come on automatically when: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch FASTEN SEAT BELT in the ON position and landing gear is extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch EMER EXIT LT is in AUTO position and landing gear is extended",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switch NO SMOKING is in AUTO position and landing gear is extended",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM33-51-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the both FMGECs have failed, the third RMP: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically operate in RADIO NAV backup tuning mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates only in RADIO NAV backup mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Does not operate in RADIO NAV backup mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 34: NAVIGATION",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 23-81-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS 1 DATA is displayed on the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT ND and F/O PFD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT PFD and F/O ND.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAPT and F/O ND",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-36-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The function of 2 GPS antennas are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One for transmitting, the other for receiving",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Receiving only",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each antenna can be used to transmitting or receiving",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-36-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Standby Pitot and Standby Static Probe supply total and static pressure: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly to standby instruments",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ADR3 via ADM3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly to standby instruments and ADR3 via ADM3",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. to AMM figure 34-10-00-11100-00-A/E sheet 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR) system is composed of an Instrument Landing System (ILS) and: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Global Positioning System (GPS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Radio Altimeter (RA).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A GPS and RA",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. to AMM 34-36-00 PB 001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During maintenance operations, in order to prevent automatic activation of the Predictive Wind shear System (PWS): A, B1, B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Weather Radar SYS switch must be set to OFF  and the PWS switch set to OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Weather Radar SYS switch must be set to OFF and the PWS switch set to AUTO",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The WX/TURB selector must be set to WX, and the PWS switch must be set to STANDBY",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-41-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Vertical Speed (V/S) is computed by: B1, B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADR",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either ADR or IR",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM: 34-13-00 PB001 Operation/Control and Indicating"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the ATT mode, IR supplying: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, heading, angular rates and accelerations",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude and heading",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-14-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The airspeed indication on the PFD starts at: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "80 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30 knots.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 34-13-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Radio Height is displayed on the PFD: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below 2500 feet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the LOC or APPR p/b is pressed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When a Decision Height is selected",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-42-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the affected displays can be manually selected over to ADR 3 by the: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECAM/ND transfer selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AIR DATA selector",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATT HDG selector",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-13-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement is correct regarding the rapid realignment? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back to NAV within 5 seconds. The align completes in 60 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do rapid realignment only if the ground speed is not greater than 20 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The realignment is initialized with existing attitude, heading angles and velocities",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-14-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ON BAT indicator in ADIRS Mode Selector Unit comes on when? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One or more ADIRUs are supplied by batteries.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You align ADIRUs with only batteries supplied.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Battery is not able to supply the ADIRUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-10-00-860-801"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Alignment of the IRS system is done:? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With IR rotary selectors set at ATT.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With ADIRS pushbutton switches at ON position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With the A/C in static condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 34-10-00-860-802"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight crew oxygen system supplies the flight crew members with oxygen in case of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["Loss of cabin pressure altitude. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Emission of smoke. ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["Loss of cabin pressure altitude or Emission of smoke. ", "true"]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 35: OXYGEN",
        "ref": "Ref. AMM: 35-10-00 PB001: Crew Oxygen – purpose and function"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight crew system consists of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": ["The oxygen storage, ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The oxygen distribution, ", "false"]
            },
            {
                "ans": ["The oxygen storage and The oxygen distribution ", "true"]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-10-00 PB001: Crew Oxygen – Crew system organization"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When working on gaseous oxygen system, you must: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop all refueling, all repairs on fuel and hydraulic systems, all procedures that use flammable material such as cleaning and de-icing materials.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate VHF system and carry out maintenance on VHF system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not operate HF system and carry out maintenance on HF system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-00-00-860-801-A: Special Precautions"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Indicating of flight crew oxygen system on ECAM DOOR/OXY page is sent through: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DMC1, DMC2 and DMC3,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FWC1 and FWC2,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SDAC1 and SDAC2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-10-00 PB001: Control and indicating"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you do leakage test of the LP oxygen for the crew, you can: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the nitrogen source,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the Oxygen Cylinder source,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Test with the nitrogen source or the Oxygen Cylinder source.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM: 35-10-00-790-801-A and AMM: 35-10-00-790-801-A01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CKPT OXY indication in amber on ECAM DOOR/OXY page when: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CREW SUPPLY P/BSW is OFF and oxygen high pressure is less than 400 PSI,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is detection low pressure in high pressure system or regulated low pressure,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CREW SUPPLY P/BSW is OFF or oxygen high pressure is less than 400 PSI or regulated low pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-13-00 PB001: ECAM Information"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Numerical value (in PSI) for oxygen high pressure indicates in cross amber when: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure is less than 400 PSI,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure is less than 1500 PSI,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen high pressure information is not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-00 PB001: ECAM Information"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When visual inspection PBE in cockpit you found vacuum sealed bag is inflated: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This is serviceable one, if date of overhaul is not due,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must replace it with a new one.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can defer defect refer MEL if spare not available.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-31-52-210-802-B Visual check of the tamper seal/serviceability indicator on the Protective Breathing Equipment   and MEL 35-31-01A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For passenger oxygen system. To avoid the full release of all the oxygen masks during do functional test of the automatic Mask release, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull out the test push buttons and turn them 90 degrees to the TEST position on all of the emergency oxygen containers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull out the door stops and turn them 180 degrees to the TEST position on all of the emergency oxygen containers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply high speed tape around all of the emergency containers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-21-00-720-801-A: Functional check of automatic mask release"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For passenger oxygen system. When you do operational test of a circuit of the emergency oxygen containers, you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open, safety and tag all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open, safety and tag all the passenger oxygen control/actuator circuit breakers except the circuit breaker of the area being checked.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-21-00-710-805-A: Operational test of a circuit of the emergency oxygen containers)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The functional test of regulator can be done by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressing the TEST/EMERGENCY knob",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressing the PRESS TO TEST AND RESET push button,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and release CREW SUPPLY push button,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-12-00 PB 001: Operation of the Regulation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before remove the crew oxygen cylinder, you must do: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the ON/OFF valve and bleed the oxygen system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure no leak in the oxygen system,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure indication of crew oxygen system are available on ECAM DOOR/OXY page,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-41-000-801-A: Removal of the oxygen cylinder/valve assy"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When CREW SUPPLY push button is pushed in and oxygen high pressure equal or more tha 600psi . Indication of oxy high pressure on ECAM DOOR/OXY page is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CKPT OXY label in white, oxy high pressure value in green, unit of pressure in blue.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OXY label and oxy high pressure in green, unit of oxy high pressure in blue,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CKPT OXY label in green, oxy high pressure in blue and unit of oxy high pressure in white,",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-13-00 PB001: Control and Indicating"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When carry out detailed inspection of the Portable Oxygen cylinder attachment you must make sure that: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attachment brackets are cracked and the tie down fittings are not worn, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The portable oxygen cylinders are held in position satisfactorily, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The attachment brackets are not cracked and the tie down fittings are not worn, and the portable oxygen cylinders are held in position satisfactorily. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-30-00-210-803-A: Detailed visual inspection of the portable oxygen cylinder attachment"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you replace crew oxygen cylinder/valve assy you must: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced conical seal on the HP oxygen-overpressure hose by new one. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced rubber O-ring seal on the HP oxygen-overpressure hose by new one, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replaced seals on the HP oxygen-overpressure and LP oxygen-overpressure hoses with new ones. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-41-PB401: Removal/installation of the Oxygen cylinder/valve assy"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To inspect of oxygen pressure for flight crew. The reference temperature is calculated by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average outside air temperature (OAT) and cabin temperature. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average of outside air temperature (OAT) and avionic compartment temperature, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overage of outside air temperature (OAT) and cockpit temperature, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM: 35-10-00-200-803-A: Inspection of the oxygen pressure for the flight crew"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What functions are ensuring by pressure regulator/transmitter? B1, B2",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reduce the HP delivered by the oxygen cylinder in HP compatible with the distribution equipment, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Generate an electrical signal proportional to the HP cylinder., ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reduce the HP delivered by the oxygen cylinder in LP compatible with the distribution equipment & generate an electrical signal proportional to the cylinder pressure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-11-00 PB001: Pressure regulator/transmitter"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of following component belong to distribution circuit? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One electrical LP solenoid supply valve and two mechanical distribution manifolds ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Five full face quick donning masks and their associated oxygen storage boxes, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One electrical LP solenoid supply valve and one mechanical distribution manifold & four full face quick donning masks and their associated oxygen storage boxes ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-12-00-PB001: Oxygen distribution-System description"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you do detail inspection/check of mask full face/quick donning, you do: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the correct position of mask unlock. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check incorrect torque of the retaining screw. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check of the correct position of mask lock & check correct torque of the retaining screw ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 35-12-41-200-804-A: Check of the correct position of the mask lock, and correct torque retaining screw"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 36: PNEUMATIC SYSTEM",
        "ch": "In automatic mode, the cross bleed valve : (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes if the system detects an air leak of APU duct (except during engine start). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normally opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes if the system detects an air leak (except in flight). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normally opens when the system is using APU bleed air and closes automatically if the system detects an air leak (except on ground). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-12-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When selected, APU bleed air: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Will supply bleed air only if the ENG BLEED pb's are selected OFF. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has priority over engine bleed air. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Does not have priority over engine bleed air. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-12-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the pylon loop is inoperative (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is not affected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is lost ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The overheat detection in the corresponding pylon is transferred to the opposite BMC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each engine bleed system is designed to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulate bleed air pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulate bleed air temperature. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulate bleed air pressure and bleed air temperature ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When engine anti-ice and wing anti-ice are in use, and a BMC detects a bleed leak: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the engine anti-ice on the associated side will be lost. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The wing and engine anti-ice on the associated side will be lost. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The wing anti-ice on the associated side will be lost, and the engine anti-ice on the associated side will continue to function. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 30-11-00 PB001, AMM 30-21-00 PB001, AMM 36-22-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Air leakage detection is based on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dual loop sensing units in pylon, wings, mid fuselage and APU ducts. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Single loop for pylon and Dual loops for wings, mid fuselage and APU ducts. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Single loop for pylon, APU and Dual loops for wings and mid fuselage ducts. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 44-45 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one BMC fails, the remaining BMC takes over the monitoring of the bleed system to issue the following ECAM warnings if necessary: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over temperature ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure and Over temperature ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 27-28 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ECAM bleed page: when is the GND symbol displayed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Whenever the aircraft is on the ground. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when a ground air supply is connected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 64 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of overpressure ( the PRV does not operate correctly), the engine bleed system protection is ensured by : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled Overpressure Valve. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically operated, electrically controlled Overpressure Valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically controlled Fan Air Valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-00 PB001 and Ref. Page 27 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the engine bleed system , the auto switching between HP and IP source is (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically achieved by internal EEC logic ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled by BMC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatically achieved ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The temperature regulation of the engine bleed air is performed by :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fan Air Valve (FAV). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Bleed Valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HP bleed valve. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 34 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of PRV (Pressure Regulating Valve) is controlled to close : (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) is also controlled to close pneumatically ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) is also controlled to close electrically ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HPV (High Pressure Valve) close/open state is independent from PRV position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 19-20 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressure regulation of the engine bleed air is performed by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Pressure Regulating Valve (PRV) , which is controlled by the Thermostat Solenoid (THS). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fan Air Valve (FAV), which is controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Overpressure valve, which is controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 16-17 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Thermostat Solenoid (THS) controls the Pressure Regulating Valve ( PRV) in pneumatic mode :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is energized by engine bleed p/b OFF ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is de-energized ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When solenoid is energized by BMC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 27-28 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine bleed air temperature is regulated by the Fan Air Valve (FAV) controlled by the Control Thermostat (ThC) :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure always 200°C outlet air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure always 150°C outlet air ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure 150°C or 200°C outlet air depending on A/C configuration (Pack temperature demand, Wing Anti-ice use ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 34-35 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one BMC fails :(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dedicated wing and pylon leak detection is lost ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding pylon leak detection is lost only ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The dedicated pylon and APU leak detection is lost ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 46-47 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the HPV,PRV deactivated (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin secured the valve shaft in closed position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin ensures the motive pressure of the valve opening chamber to vent outboard (to vent the opening pressure) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The locking pin secured the valve shaft in opened position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-00 PB401"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The test port of the HPV, PRV is used to :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check leak of the sense lines and assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Simulate the operation of the valves ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flushing the sense lines and assembly ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-11-51 PB501, AMM 36-11-52 PB501"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cross bleed valve is :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Solenoid controlled and pneumatically operated ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled, operated by two electrical motors. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically controlled, operated by one electrical motor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 12-13 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When start the right engine using ground air supply:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in close position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in auto position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cross-bleed selector must be left in open position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 12-13 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ENG bleed ‘FAULT’ light comes on amber when (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One corresponding wing loop is inoperative ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure, over temperature occurs ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overpressure occurs ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref Ref. LHT ATA 36-20"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Failure of which component does NOT cause the associated bleed system inoperative? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FAV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PRV ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPV ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. MEL 36-11-02/04/06"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal condition, if both engine and APU bleed sources are selected ON, what will supply to the packs? (A,B,B2 )",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU bleed only. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engine bleed 1 for Pack1 and Engine bleed 2 for Pack 2. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wrong configuration, no bleed can supply the packs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. AMM 36-12-00 PB001"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From the Cockpit, how can you know that the HP pneumatic GND cart is connected to the A/C? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Confirm with GND staff and check pressure on ECAM BLEED page. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the “GND” indication on the ECAM BLEED page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check the “GND” indication on the control panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 08-09 ATA 36 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 38: WATER/WASTE",
        "ch": "The potable water system can be serviced: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With electrical power only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Without electrical power only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With or without electrical power ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-15-38-613-801-A & AMM 12-15-38-613-802-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In flight, the water tanks are pressurized by. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurized air comes from the bleed air system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ground air pressure supply system or a compressor is installed (optional). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressurized air comes from the ENG #2 bleed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-614-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water from the lavatories and galleys is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drained overboard via two heated drain masts. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Drained to the waste tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for rinsing the toilet. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 CONF 00 - waste water drain - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can a leak in a lavatory be isolated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By depressurizing the water tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By setting the manual water shut-off valve of the lavatory to the closed position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Vacuum System Controller will open the filling line drain valve automatically. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many water service and drain panels are fitted on the aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - potable - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which service panels are used to drain the water system? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward, middle and Aft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - potable - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can preselection keys are used to preselect the water quantity during refilling (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, preselection of water quantity is only available when the water service panel door is closed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, in this case you must select the water quantity only at the water service panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, it doesn’t matter ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - potable - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The preselection control unit when the water quantity has reached the preselected level. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the fill/drain/overflow valve in the corresponding tank. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the shut off valve in the corresponding tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Opens the shut off valve in the corresponding tank. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 conf 00 - potable - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressurization of the potable water tanks is achieved by: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compressor only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system or a ground air pressure supply. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 conf 00 - potable - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "From which sources are the water tanks normally pressurized in flight? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aircraft pneumatic system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An optional electrical compressor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water service panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-10-00-00 CONF 00 - POTABLE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water heater is automatically switch off in case of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Low level quantity in the heater ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hight inlet line pressure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hight level quantity in the heater ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water disposal is achieved in flight. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By gravity. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure and gravity action. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 conf 00 - waste water drain - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste water disposal is achieved on ground. (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By gravity. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By differential pressure and gravity action. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 conf 00 - waste water drain - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The waste water Drain Masts are electrically heated (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground and in flight. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 conf 00 - waste water drain - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the complete toilet system monitored? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Vacuum System Controller. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Vacuum Generator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a Flush Control Unit. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Toilet operation is sequenced by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Flush Control Unit. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Vacuum System Controller. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A Vacuum Generator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the vacuum generator run? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground and at low altitude ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The vacuum generators generate the necessary vacuum: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To drain the waste tanks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the differential pressure between cabin and atmosphere is insufficient. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the waste material transported to the Waste Holding tank? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the vacuum created inside the tank. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By water flushing and gravity effect. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By water pressure action. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To rinse the toilet bowl and facilitate evacuation of waste during the Flush Cycle, the system uses (A, B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water from galley. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste water from lavatory. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fresh water from the potable water system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you work on the toilet waste system and the portable system at the same time? (A, B1.B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the two systems are independent. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, it can cause the contamination to the portable water system ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, water from portable water system will flow to waste system ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can you set the water quantity at FAP 120 RH at any time ? (A, B1.B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when PWSP access door 164 AR is opened ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when A/C is energized and PWSP access door 164AR is closed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always, you can set any time ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 conf 00 - quantity indicating - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you push preselection key on FAP 120RH, (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The preselection value for two portable water tanks is made at the same time. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The first time is for tank 1 and the second time is for tank 2. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The first time is for tank 2 and the second time is for tank 1. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 conf 00 - quantity indicating - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When water from faucet in LAV cannot stop, what should you do? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can disconnect the water line to the faucet and INOP the LAV. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Let the water flow because it flow small water. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close the SOV and deactivate the LAV. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When water form faucet in LAV cannot stop and we close the SOV (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water flows from faucet stop so we can use toilet in that LAV normally. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the water supply to that LAV stops and the LAV is considered inoperative. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water stops suppling to the toilet line and still go supply to the faucet ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is aircraft configuration to refill the water tanks? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot refill the water tanks if A/C have no electrical ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can only refill the water tanks when A/C is energized ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It does not matter if the aircraft is energized or not. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 12-15-38-613-801-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The drains masts of waste water can be (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated only on ground. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated only in flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically heated on ground and in flight. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-32-00-00 conf 00 - waste water drain - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electrical compressor for water tanks does not operate when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water service door is opened ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water service door is closed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFT drain panel is opened ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-11-00-00 conf 00 - water storage - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water drain mast is heating by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electricity. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumaticity. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot water from LAV. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-14-00-00 conf 00 - water draining - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where you can check water quantity (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the FAP ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Direct on the gauge of water tank ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the FAP and on the portable water service panel (optionally) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-13-00-00 conf 00 - quantity indicating - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the vacuum generator operate? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 16000 ± 700 ft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 18000 ± 700 ft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is on ground and up to 22000± 700 ft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the device inhibiting operation of vacuum generators during servicing (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flush Control Unit. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vacuum system controller. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The waste level sensors. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Before removal of the waste level transmitter (11MG, 111MG), you must (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the toilet are operative. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste tanks are empty by draining the waste holding tanks. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the waste tanks are empty by see waste tank empty on the FAP. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-00 conf 00 - toilet system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The potable water Manual shut off valve located in the LAV is to? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related Galley and LAV. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related toilet and faucet. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop water supply to related Galley ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 38-31-00-040-801-A"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 45: OMS",
        "ch": "The CMS (CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM) is composed of:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two CMCS and two FWCs (Flight Warning Computer). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One CMC and all aircraft system BITEs. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two CMCS and two EEC ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 10-11 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCS centralize and memorize warnings generated by:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Warning Computers (FWCs) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All failure messages produced by the BITE function integrated in the A/C computers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Warning Computers (FWCs) and all failure messages produced by the BITE function integrated in the A/C computers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 10-11 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The test which enables the maintenance staff to check that the systems are safe for flight and enable troubleshooting call:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Basic test (or System test) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Complementary test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Addition test. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: TSM Introduction/ How to Use the CMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which test generates stimuli to various command devices such as actuators or valves? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power-up test ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "system tests ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Complementary test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: TSM Introduction/ How to Use the CMS"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Normally, two CMCS OPERATE :(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number one is active, number two is in hot standby. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number two is active, number one is in hot standby. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both CMCS are active ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: VACBI A330 - ATA 45 – CMS Presentation."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many MCDU can be used to access the CMS system simultaneously? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 56-57 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type systems of computer can memorize failures that occurred during the previous flights? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 42-43 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type systems can only memorize failures from the last/ current flight? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 42-43 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The class failures have an operational consequence on the current flight is:(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 1 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 2 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class 3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 14-15 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a failure occurs within a system, the bite will send a failure message to the CMCS called:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal failure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 48-49 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The bite of each system interfacing with the affected system will send a failure message to the CMCS called:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Independent failure ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "External failure ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 48-49 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the post flight report cockpit effects, the warning to be presented with \"not displayed\" added to the message that mean:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during roll-out phase ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during a flight phase inhibit. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This warning is generated during take-off phase. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 20-21 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The configuration change function is designed to:(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate only the database number or the software reference changes through the Central Maintenance System (CMS). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate the part number, the database number, or the software reference changes through the CMS. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Validate only the software reference changes through the CMS. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 88 ATA 45 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of brightness (BRT) knob? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It only allows the screen brightness to be adjusted ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It allows the screen brightness to be adjusted and the MCDU to be reset ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It allows the MCDU and the associated FM to be reset ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 CONF 00 - CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (CMS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of CMS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize ECAM warning only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize Bite Message only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Centralize and memorize BITE messages and ECAM warnings. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the failure info memorized? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the system only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the CMC only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C. In the CMC and in the system BITE ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the interactive mode available? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both on ground & in flight ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What must a class1 failure be fixed? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always before next FLT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the next scheduled maintenance check ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Before the next flight only when it is a NO GO item. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which function is used to enable access to a system bite? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Post flight report ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Report programming? ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "System report/ test ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens to the post FLT reports when you install a CMC coming from another A/C? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The “first a/c installation” msg will be displayed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The previous Post Flt reports will be displayed ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The previous Post Flt reports will not be displayed ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-13-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance computer (cmc) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which item displays only the internal failures of any class? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GROUND REPORT ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GROUND SCANNING ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAST LEG REPORT ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-10-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance system (CMS) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of CMC switching, how can CMC 2 receive bite information ARINC MSG? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "THROUGH CMC 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DIRECTLY ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DIRECTLY AND THROUGH CMC 1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 45-13-00-00 conf 00 - central maintenance computer (cmc) - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 46: INFORMATION",
        "ch": "An ATC message is indicated in the cockpit by means of… (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…two ATC message lights. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…two master caution lights. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…a buzzer only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can the DCDUs (Data link Communication Display Units) be tested? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By a test button on the DCDUs. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the system test from the CMS/ATIMS menu. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The annunciator light test triggers the DCDU test. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of a message from the ATC station, the aural alert is generated…(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Flight Warning Computer. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Air Traffic Services Unit. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "…by the Audio Management Unit. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the ATC COMM Pushbutton on the MCDU? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To establish ATC communication. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To access the ATC communication log. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To access the ATSU ATC menu. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The system used in pre-future air navigation system (pre-fans) configuration to exchange data between aircraft and ground systems is the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) network. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avionics Data Communication Network (ADCN). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) built in test equipment (BITE) function is ensured by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Central Maintenance Computer (CMC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATSU and the Datalink Control and Display Unit (DCDU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The system used in pre-future air navigation system (pre-fans) configuration to exchange data between aircraft and ground systems is the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) network. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avionics Data Communication Network (ADCN). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) built in test equipment (BITE) function is ensured by the: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Central Maintenance Computer (CMC). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU). ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATSU and the Datalink Control and Display Unit (DCDU). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The uploading of the ATSU (AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE UNIT) software package is possible: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight and on ground. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground only, through the Data Loader. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight and on ground for the uploading of all AOC (Airline Operational Control) applications. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The \"ATC MSG\" indicator lights are used for: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for message transmission. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for frequency tuning prior to message reception. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crew awareness for message reception. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The check of the airline operational control (AOC) software part number is done through: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Airline Operational Control (AOC) CONFIGURATION page. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LAST LEG REPORT page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The SPECIFIC DATA page. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 46-21-00-00 conf 00 - air traffic and information management system (ATIMS) - components and interfaces - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 51-57",
        "ch": "Which type of passenger door are: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type A ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type I ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type C ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 8 ATA 51 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is RAT door installed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RH Belly fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RH Flap track fairing No.4 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LH Belly fairing ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. Page 14 ATA 51 T1+T2 A330 RR Trent 700"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many emergency exits are installed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Page 2 print (page 6 pdf)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many main parts are divided in the fuselage? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "8 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg16"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The structure is of conventional aluminum alloy design with (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Skin panels, frames and stringers ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Frames. rail and stringers ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Skin, frame, cleat ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg18"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The rear pressure bulkhead installed at (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fr 70 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fr 80 / 82 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Frame 80 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg42"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pylon has: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine, ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A primary structure attached to the wing and supporting the engine, a secondary structure, essentially fairings, housing most of the systems and having an aerodynamic profile. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg50"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pylon box is composed of ribs, spars and panels, mainly made from (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Titan ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Steel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Titan alloy ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg54"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) main structure includes: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 elevators, leading edge, trailing edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spare boxes, 02 elevators, 02 tips ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spar boxes (Center, LH side and RH side), the leading edge, the trailing edge and the attachment fittings",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 58"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The LH and the RH spar boxes are made of (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum-machined parts ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum alloy ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg62"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The vertical stabilizer has … main attach fittings which attached with fuselage (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "8 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg82"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many rudder hinge arms on THS: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "8 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "9 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg84"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Windshield are replaced from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside or outside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg94"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fixed windows are replaced from (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside and outside ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg94"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is a small hole (vent hole) in the bottom part of the inner pane of the door window. This lets (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressure between the two panes stay the same as that in the cabin ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for inspection and observation ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water drain ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg98"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aircraft wing is a continuous structure going through the fuselage and is divided into three parts (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center wing, the left outer wing and the right outer wing ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spars, stringers and skin ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Leading edge, trailing edge and outer wings. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg100"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are two triangular openings to enable the access for maintenance in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rear spar ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The front spar ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From aft cargo lining ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg102"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are two type of access covers in outer wing box: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Non-load carrying clamped panel, Load carrying bolted panel ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Load carrying clamped panel, non-load carrying bolted panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Load carrying clamped panel, load carrying bolted panel ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg110"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wing leading edge is fitted with seven slats. Which slats are de-iced? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 3 to 7 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 4 to 7 ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Slat 5 to 7 ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg120"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Trailing Edge (TE) movable surfaces are: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 6 spoilers. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 5 spoilers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inboard and outboard flaps, the two ailerons, and the 7 spoilers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 134"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In which section, Weight Variant identification list could be shown in SRM: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hight lights ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Introduction ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Structure identification ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 152"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A standard Page allocation is used for all SRM chapters: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Structure identification, Allowable damage, Repair ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Structure identification, Allowable damage, Repair, Inspection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Structure identification, Allowable damage, Inspection ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 152"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the damage is within the allowable limit, the damage can be: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cat A, permanent repair damage, no repair ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cat B, permanent allowable damage with operating limits, no repair but with subsequent inspections. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cat B, temporary allowable damage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref TTM ATA 51 Pg 170"
    },
    {
        "part": "ATA 52: DOORS",
        "ch": "The passenger/crew doors are opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 conf 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door seal around the door is inflated through holes when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft in flight only ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin is depressurized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin pressure is available. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component maintains the door parallel to the fuselage? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two guide arms ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the support arm. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The guide rollers. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 conf 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door does not move when in the fully opened position by (A, B1, B2).",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The rubber door buffer ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door stay mechanism. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two locking hooks located on the upper edge ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In \"ARMED\" mode, the arming mechanical linkage (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fixes the girt bar to the floor structure. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Secures the girt bar to the door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lets the girt bar move freely between the door and the door floor. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The red flashing light located below the viewing prism window: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the ARMED configuration of the evacuation system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warns the operator that the cabin is still pressurized. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the LOCKED condition of the door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - Door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The white light located below the viewing prism window: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the ARMED configuration of the evacuation system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Warns the operator that the cabin is still pressurized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Indicates the LOCKED condition of the door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - Door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the damper and emergency cylinder work as a damper? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the arming lever is in \"DISARMED\" position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the door is fully closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the arming lever is in \"ARMED\" position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - Door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is the inner handle released when the door frame is in contact with the frame? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the lifting shaft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the lowering shaft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the locking shaft. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - FWD passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The gear box allows (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outer handle does not move when the inner handle is operated. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The inner handle does not move when the outer handle is operated. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The outer handle moves simultaneously when the inner handle is operated. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "All the support arms are (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Interchangeable. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Symmetrical between LH and RH passenger door and not interchangeable. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Symmetrical between LH and RH passenger door and interchangeable if they are on the same side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component keeps the passenger door stays in the lifted position when it is open (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lifting shaft ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lowering shaft. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door stay mechanism ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the safety pin lock the arming lever? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In ARMED position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In DISARMED position. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not required ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens when you open the door from outside in ARMED mode? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The system is automatically disarmed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white light comes on. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The escape slide deploys. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why must the cylinder safety pin be installed? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent activation of the percussion mechanism. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To lock the cylinder in the extended position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To secure the door in \"DISARMED\" mode. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each passenger door is equipped with: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One mechanical indicator. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two electrical indicators. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two mechanical indicators. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-11-00-00 CONF 00 - fwd passenger/crew door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many emergencies exit door are installed on the A330 aircraft (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Six. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-20-00-00 CONF 00 - emergency exit - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FWD and AFT cargo door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical in design and in operation, but not in size. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical in size and in operation, but not in design. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Are identical only in operation. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 conf 00 - cargo - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pump handle is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for closing only, even with or without electric pump. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Used for assisting the hydraulic system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Located in the green hydraulic ground service panel. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 CONF 00 - cargo - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FWD and AFT cargo doors are opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-30-00-00 CONF 00 - cargo - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the red flag indicator show? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks are not correctly fully latched. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching handle has been operated. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The corresponding hook is not locked. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the green light fitted near the manual selector valve indicate? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The yellow hydraulic pressure is available to operate the door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is fully opened & locked. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is correctly unlatched & unlocked. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the cargo door, behind the flapper door, a red light flashes when (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a residual pressure in the cabin. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks are not locked. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door is unlatched ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The power to operate the cargo door actuation system is supplied by (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Green hydraulic system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Blue hydraulic system. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Yellow hydraulic system. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The latching handle operates (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks which secure the door to the door frame. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching shaft to secure the hooks in the latched position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A locking shaft which secures the latching shaft when the hooks are closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Locking handle operates (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A locking shaft which secures the latching shaft when the hooks are closed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hooks which secure the door to the door frame. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The latching shaft to release or lock the hooks. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can we operate the cargo door without the electrical power (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, by using the hand pump ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, by using the mechanical driven device ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the yellow electrical pump is the only way to operate the cargo door. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many people are required for manually operate the cargo door (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the interlock mechanism installed for? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid locking before latching (correct sequencing). ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent latching shaft rotation and latching handle returning to the closed position when cargo door is opened. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintain the ten indicator flags in the door opened position. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Why is the actuator opening chamber pressurized when closing the door? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For internal leakages. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To extinguish the green light on the control panel. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To prevent the door from falling when the actuator unlocks. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which valve controls the normal or manual mode for hydraulic operation of the cargo door? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The manual selector valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The double check valve ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For cargo door operation (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches (of the cargo loading system) must be in LATCHED position ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches (of the cargo loading system) must be in UNLATCHED position ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The door sill latches position is not affected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During manual operate of the cargo door (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is energized. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is de-energized. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electric selector valve is not affected. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Bulk cargo door is opened (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and forwards, parallel to the fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outwards and upwards from the fuselage. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inwards and upwards. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - bulk cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The bulk cargo door latch assembly located on (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lower edge. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The upper edge. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both sides. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - bulk cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Bulk cargo door can operate from (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inside only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outside or Inside ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-33-00-00 CONF 00 - bulk cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is displayed on the DOOR ECAM page when the cargo door is fully opened? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door fully opened. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door not closed. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the electrical selector valve supplied? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the locking handle proximity sensor is NEAR and the sill latches are up. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the latching shaft proximity sensor is NEAR and the sill latches are up. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the latching shaft proximity sensor is NEAR and the sill latches are down. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-32-00-00 CONF 00 - aft cargo compartment door - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In case of loss of aircraft electrical power. Can the cabin pressure warning system be working? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, The ASPSU (Autonomous Standby Power Supply Unit) provides power to the PSCU ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, The PSCU connected with the hot bus ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the PSCU need the aircraft DC power supply to generate the warning ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-71-00-00 CONF 00 - door and escape slide control system - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit door is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with one mechanical latch electrically released. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with three mechanical latches electrically released. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An armored and bulletproof door made with three mechanical latches mechanically released. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cockpit door is locked: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when it is closed and the aircraft is powered. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically when the aircraft is in flight. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually by the crew only. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal mode, in case of no response from the pilots, at a request to entry in the cockpit by the cabin attendant crew: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door remains closed. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door opens automatically after a defined time. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit door can be open by the cabin attendant crew. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the emergency mode is activated from the keypad with the cockpit door toggle switch in norm neutral position: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches remain locked and the access is not possible from the cabin. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches are unlocked and the access is possible from the cabin. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All the latches will unlock automatically after a preset time delay. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A locked cockpit door: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be opened from the cabin side at all times. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can be opened from the cockpit side at all times. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot be opened from the cockpit side. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You can access the avionics compartments from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit and the outside. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit, the outside and the cabin. ",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cockpit, the outside, and the forward cargo compartment. ",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref AMM 52-51-00-00 CONF 00 - passenger compartment fixed partition interior doors - description and operation"
    }
]